Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Resolution - 2003-R0063 - Contract Agreement - Wardroup & Associates, Inc. - 02/13/2003
Resolution No. 2003-80063 February 13, 2003 Item No. 36 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a Contract for the control room & laboratory rehabilitation — water treatment plant, by and between the City of Lubbock and Wardroup & Associates, Inc. of Lubbock, Texas and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council this 13th day of February , 2003. ATTEST: Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: vu- Victor Kilman, P4chasing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: Knight, sistant City Attorney gs/ccdocs/Contract-Wardroup&Assoc-Water Treatment.res February 3, 2003 A, ID CN2 8-�-ST RATING C� 3 CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT ITB #277-02/BM "A City Of Planned Progress" CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas A City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 1625 13'" STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX: (806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.tubbock.tx.us ITB # 277-02/13M, Addendum #1 ADDENDUM #1 ITB # 277-02/BM Control Room and Laboratory Rehabilitation - Water Treatment Plant MAILED TO VENDOR: January 10, 2003 CLOSE DATE: January 15, 2003 @ 1:00 P.M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1.QUESTION: Please provide information regarding equal product match for the pre -fabricated metal walkway cover. ANSWER: Equal product match for the pre -fabricated metal walkway cover is provided as follows: Item # Section 10530 - Prefabricated Metal Walkway, Stairways, Ramp and Cover Section 10530 Part 2 - Products 2.01 Prefabricated Pre -Engineered Walkway Cover and Structures A. Manufacturer: Mapes Industries, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska, Phone: 1/800-228-2391, Fax.: 1/800-737-6756. The following protective covers manufacturer is acceptable to BGR as an approved equal: Peachtree Protective Covers 1477 Rosedale Drive Hiram, Ga 30141 Phone: 1/800-341-3325 Fax: 1/770-439-2122 www.peachtreecovers.com The submitted product information is comparable to the specified product listed in Section 10530 Part 2. Any specific information on product performance can presumably be obtained from the above listed website. The submitted information on the HELI -ARC welded bent types, seems to be similar to the product we initially looked at using for this walkway cover. 2.. Sign -in sheets from the Pre Bid meeting are attached. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Bruce MacNair, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 ITB#277-02/BM Ad1 ITB # 277-02/BM, Addendum #1 Questions may be faxed to (806) 775-2164 or Email to Bmacnair@maii.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Bruce MacNair Senior Buyer It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the City of Lubbock Purchasing Manager if any laneua¢e requirements etc or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid close date. A review of such notifications will be made. s� .*A P ITB#277-02/BM Ad ORR ITB # 277-02/BM, Addendum #1 ITB#277-02/BM Ad l 0 4 8 > > M 0 MZ > z a' > > > > > > '5F zi cr 4 0 C; CL Pv —IN 1 Go A�l t!4 > rN !E ITB#277-02/BM Ad l 0 4 8 > > M 0 MZ > ITB # 277-02/BM, Addendum #1 �n y d v 7 :f V N � w.1 � G 0 t� ri si x<to a,�ryo, n H E- ,.7 v A ; R y v � � G i� ii1 <J N6 N .N V1 �• � � '°`• y � U vi � v � o �; v � O t f � �t "� � vi - ,:a�~�,Y v ?s • � —i� ti ii w ei L I'�C N �;:1i +ter ` :may N1 'ti w.".' T..,? wtV u ."�. '-`'N Z^ U iS <LUu� U55 <Ur-, <C6- dU n dU n Usn Ct ;n Litn¢L? n zIN ti CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID FOR TITLE: CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS ITB NUMBER: 277-02113M PROJECT NUMBER: 6345.9103 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 10 0 r INDEX NOTICE TO BIDDERS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS SPECIFICATIONS NOTICE TO BIDDERS :Wa NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB #277-02/BM Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 1:00 o'clock p.m. on the 15th day of January, 2003, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to -• furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: "CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT" �,.... After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. 0 Bids are due at 1:00 o'clock D.m. on the 15th dav of Januarv, 2003, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on the 13th dna o _February. 2003, at the unicipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre-bid conference on 7th day of January. 2003 at 11:00 o'clock a.m., in the Water Treatment Plant - 6001 N. Guava - Lubbock, TX, Lubbock, Texas. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, Purchasing Department, Room L-04. Plans and specifications may be obtained from City of Lubbock, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, TX, Phone: (806) 775-2167. Plans and specifications will be shipped at the bidder's expense. If bidder requires overnight or second day expedited method parcel shipment, the bidder will incur shipping charges and must furnish the name of the service to be used and the bidder's account number. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock ADA Coordinator at (806) 775-2018 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK VICTOR KILMAN PURCHASING MANAGER GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS F0 0 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 BID DELIVERY. TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 1:00 p.m. CST, the 15th day of January, 2003 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB #277-02/13M, CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager City of Lubbock 162513th Street, Room L-04 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing Department. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE-BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at 11:00 a.m.. January 7th. 2003 at the Water Treatment Plant - 6001 N. Guava - Lubbock. TX, Lubbock. Texas. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre-bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre-bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre-bid meeting. 3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by written bid addenda. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 0 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 5 BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. 6 TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CON FIDENTIAUPROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 2 r 9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS d„ 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the reauirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION,VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO B1D'(IT B} MUST BE SUBMITTED _IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND: ADDRESSED TO:' BRUCE MACNAIR, SENIOR BUYER City of Lubbock 162513 th Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: (806) 775-2164 Email: BMacnair@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us 13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 14 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents: ow 3 15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 16 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 17 GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. 4 (c) Equipment schedule. 20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. ^- 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23 EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25 INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be fumished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this ,,, 5 contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER `OFSUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OFCOVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's_ obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract - documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his 6 M am particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered 29 PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. �,. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 28.3.1 Bidder's name 28.3.2 Bid for (description of the project). 29.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been �., opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. .., 30 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 7 31 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. 32 BID AWARD 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid. 32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 8 BID SUBMITTAL i BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT DATE: t I> 1©c?, I PROJECT NUMBER: #277-02/13M - CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION WATER TREATMENT PLANT 0— Bid of WARDROUP & ASWOIATES, INC. (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: rA* The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY I REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to fumish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in perfo ing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: SERVICES: TOTAL BID: /Z2 (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on o/ before a date to be specified in a written Notice to Proceed of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 180 (ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $300 (THREE HUNDRED) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. / bidding. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the 1 The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. r W" Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him.. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of J Dollars ($ J, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: '! � e"'16 -,G "^ Secretary Sr, WALLACE C. WARDROUP, Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date MMBE Firm: Date: l � t -�- ic '2 th6rriized Siignatur�e, ( q 1 $ (Printed or Typed Name) CompaWARDROUQ & ASSOCIATES, AddressW b&,57 City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - 7 Ste- 86 3 �- Fax: g -c' - ? 9 S - 2d T7 Native American WAFi!F7 r R0JP 'ASSOCIATES, ASSOC IATr"; 4408 ry �awnr.C}( Drive - 806..795TEXAS 79410 -$� 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ea LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Minority Owned Yes No ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ "WPkR,'D,!P0UP & ASSOCIATEESIMC-. 3 CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder And Attached to Bid Submittal I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, ^° furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. r Contractor (Signature) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM NAME: WARDROUP & ASSOCIATES, INC, (Print or Type ) j-,T,LA,CS 0. WARDROUP, VICE PRE!w CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: WARDROUP &: ASSOCIATES, INC. C0NT? 1hr'T7r%' .4408 3rownf`- id 11,7ve e.R Name of Agent/Broker: ��� t Address of Agent/Broker: d ^ ' City/State/Zip: !� o-u��� 17 Agent/Broker Telephone Number: Date: NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165. BID #277-021BM - CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION - WATER TREATMENT PLANT PI" 4 Jan -10-03 05:30pm ;rem -CITY Of LISDOCK-PURCHASiNO 0067752164 T-460 P.01/04 F-400 B M 277-0Z OK Addardum 04 w� City of Lubbock ADDENDUM #1 PiiRCHA HG MPARTME14T „ M*M UM0 MMjCWAL 9UUI 1G ITB # 277-02/BM ,625 13'M TrIkIRY FcontrotRoom and Laboratory Rehabititatiort - tueiCeK, TVAS 79+401 water Treatment Plant Ph: (M)77'5.2147 FAX: (806)775.2164 htxp:llputctsiiing.ci.tubpotk.tx.as MAILED TO VENDOR: 3anuary 10, 2003 CLose DATE: January 15, 2043 0 1'00 P.M. bove named The re any t items taiift P n thgeT5 documents er specifications issupplementedahere, the original requirementso not Where any item called affected by this addendum. shad main in effect. 1,01jESTuM,: Pleaise provide information regarding equal product match for the pre -fabricated metal walkway cover. MLSWEREquat product match for the pre -fabricated metal walkway cover is provided as follows: Item ft Section 10530 - Prefabricated Metal Walkway, Stairways, Ramp and Cover Section 10530 Part 2 - Products 2.01 Prefabricated Pre -Engineered walkway Cover and Structures A. Manufacturer: Mapes Industries, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska, Phone: 1/800.228.2391, ., Fax.: 1 /800.737.6756. The following protective covers manufacturer is acceptabie to 6GR as an aQproved equal: Peachtree Protective Covers 1477 Rosedale Drive Hiram, Ga 30141 Phone: 1/804341.3325 Fax: 1/770.439.2122 at�cre�eavers.c®ni The submitted product information is comparable to the specified product listed in Section 10530 Part 2. Any specific information on product performance can presumably be obtained from the above listed website. The submitted information on the HELI -ARC welded bent types, sftms to be similar to the product we initially looked at using for this walkway caver. PR 2. Sign -in sheets from the Pre Bid meeting are attached. All, requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: brute Macisllair, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 U1, ^" ITON277-02AM Ad!PRES Jan -1-08 06:30PM From -CITY OF SCK -PURCHASING SOBT752104 T-490 P.02104 F-406 11-5 M 277.03SM, Addendum #1 Qwest#ons may be taxed to (606) 775-2164 of Email to l3 na4rAlmait ti !ubl2s�c�&US �., THANK YOU, cIV OF LUBBOCK Bruce MACNair Senior Buyer itsOMe it is the inters: and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request Rem!f aCompetitive bids, rlit Mr. or "Mr i!' a i L s i 7 f° r i t n n ro r-- Such notification rnuit to 3u®rrlitsed in writing and must be received by :he PurChasirlg IVrani n0 later tilart 1VC' (5) business days iarior to the bid cross dato. A review of such notifications Witt be mask. it8e27742/ M Ao, BID OR PROPOSAL BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, WARDROUP & ASSOCIATES, INC. (hereinafter called e Principal), as Principal, and WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and doing business �^ under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Arizona, and duly licensed for the purpose of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or undertakings required or authorized by the laws of the State of TEXAS as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the just and full sum of ------------------------------- FIVE PERCENT OF GREATEST AMOUNT BID ---------------------Dollars ($ ------(5%)-------------- ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves and each of our successors and "' assigns, jointly and severally, firmly be these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal as aforesaid, is about to hand in and submit the Obligee a bid or proposal for the CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION -WATER TREATMENT PLANT - ITB 277-02BM in accordance with the plans and specifications filed in the office of the obligee and under the notice inviting proposals therefore. s„ NOW, THEREFORE, if the bid or proposal of said principal shall be accepted, and the contract for such work be awarded to the principal thereupon by the said obligee, and said principal shall enter into a contract and bond for the completion of said work as required by law, then this obligation to be null and void: otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this JANUARY BDB 600201 20 03 , 15TH day of W, By VAS',JiINGTON INTERNATIONAL Y/e,/,1IN;r COMPANY IKEB VIN DUNN, Attorney In Fact 0 NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or maybe required or permitted by w.a law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 20 of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any **� Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any A+w certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." �G �/Qy�``api1UAAI S X; r. 2 G F..� g B SEAL i n � Paul D. Amstutz, President & Chief Executive Officer of Washington International Insurance Company & �� g PO c Z 1973 ro:Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company = a SEA O Z e - - By Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 14 day of November 20 02 . North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page SS: On this 14 day of November , 20 02 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington Intemational Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies.WAL YJY1f11M.h/$Sft,. :NY[q!Yl:MfaC �SXFtllgFpl{ Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 15 day of Januar, 20 03. James A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington Intemational Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company i BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSE DATI E 0MIN BY� �- PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. S-901 3625 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Wardroup (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and & Associates, Inc. Washington International Insurance Company (hereinafter called the Surey(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the Gity of LUbboCK (nereinaner caiiea the """ Obligee), in the amount of Ph nd�repdd�t�aepn 3�t reheogsabf i()@ollars ($122,523.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13t1day of February ,20 O.to Control Room and Laboratory Rehabilitation -Water Treatment Plant and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said ^° article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this21st day of February , 20 03 . Washington Intern final In urance Company Wardroup & Associates, Inc. Surety (Company Nam By: By. D l .%R0 , PR4S -4P NT itle) Kevin Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact (Printed Name) 1 (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Washington International Insurance Company Surety -, *BY' (Title) Kevin Dunn, Attorney-In-Fact Approved as to Form City of �Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. PA NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli .tet jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24t1i of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any PON" Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." 0x��plUllt1111J11J/i sys�nsrurr rrth' SEAL )= Paul D. Amstutz, President & Chief Executive Officer of Washington International Insurance Company & � 5 W % 1973 Pave'n1 Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company ¢� SEAL o � O � "�_`_`.. �. AIdIDN6 iii `� fill By kr.rr * rrt�s' Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intemational Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 14 day of November 20 02 North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page ss: y November be On this 14 da of , 20 02 , fore me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz ,President and CEO of Washington Intemational Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington Intemational Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly swom, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. 0" folk WAL ar«F kwow Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 2I s Iday of February , 20 03. James A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company "M BOND CHECK BEST IRATING -.-A + L 1 CENSE !N TEXAS Df. 21 T[ =BY PAYMENT BOND 69 �-s STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000) .-� KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Wardroup & Associates, In (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Washington International Insurance Company (hereinafter called the Surey(s), as Suretdy(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the 9) Obli ee , in the amount of f; eohhndre atwenty two thousAn olla twen rs ($122, 523.00) lawful money of the tw�Q ,• United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal andee ure 6168 themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day of February ,20 03,to Control Room and Laboratory Rehabilitation - Water Treatment Plant and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 21st day of February 20 03 . Washington International Insurance Company ., Surety *By: (Title} Wardroup & Associates. Inc. (Company Name) _ By: (Printed Name) (-Signat (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Washington International Insurance Company Surety * By. (Title) �. Kevin Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: /�--- City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 2 ,... NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli .t*a jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24th of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." Mara yQ 011e.... 2 e _ y .i ai 'SEA! i m = Paul D. Amstutz, President & Chief Executive Ottieer of Washington International Insurance Company & ? _ i W ;ty 1973 Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company Z P we %6y��Nl��0a\a\` r4 111dIQPbLr.�a�; By Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 14 day of November '2002. North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page ss: ttt�e On this 14 day of November 20 02 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, .M personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. ttohvtrrwsc,tt+praor� .. .� rraa+trteetwacta!tt:o.'sa Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this2l s tday of February 2003 . Iames A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company 0 KL_. ., IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512)475-1771 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. EF -1 POLICYHOLDER DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT Coverage for acts of terrorism as defined in § 102(1) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 ("the Act") is already included in this surety bond. You should know that, effective November 26, 2002, under your existing coverage, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a formula established by federal law. Under this formula, the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by the insurance company providing the coverage. The portion of your annual premium that is attributable to coverage for acts of terrorism is $0. P" As your insurance/surety company we are sending you this notice to comply with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. For questions regarding this notice please visit our website www.nassurety.com or you may call our office at 630- 227- 4825. P" WPM REV: 2103 agent notice CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE rar OW ACORD�CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER 02/24/200 PRODUCER (806) 785-1988 FAX (806) 785-2155 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Gallagher Inwest P.O. Box 53910 ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Lubbock, TX 79453-3910 10/01/2002 10/01/2003 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED Wardroup & Associates, Inc. P.O. Box 6999 Lubbock, TX 79493 INSURER A: Mid -Continent Casualty Company INSURER B: Oklahoma Surety Company INSURER C: Texas Mutual Insurance Company INSURER D: Fireman's Fund McGee Insurance MED EXP (Any one person) $ INSURER E: COVERAGES I Nt rvuUlts Ur INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSRTYPE LTR OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICYE M IEFFECTD !NE DATY POLICY EXPIRATION DATE MMlDDlYY LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY 014GL000093879 10/01/2002 10/01/2003 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE I I OCCUR FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY r7l PROECT LOC J PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO D6TX000023396 10/01/2002 10/01/2003 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 X BODILY INJURY $ (Per person) B X X ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Peraccident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS LIABILITY OCCUR F1 CLAIMS MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY TSF0001109539 10/01/2002 10/01/2003 X I TORLI TH ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 C E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 OTHER XI97703096 10/01/2002 10/01/2003 D DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSIVEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS lanket Additional Insured ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS & Waiver of Subaoraation includpd nn Cpnga"=l & Avv+- 114_h414+., ,.,..,.,. equired by written contract. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation included on Workers Compensation as equired by written contract. e: ITB #277-02/BM - Control Room & Laboratory Rehabilitation -Water Treatment Plant - $122,523 CERTIFICATE HOLDER ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE mop EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, CITY OF LUBBOCK BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY PO BOX 2000 OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. LUBBOCK, TX 79457 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ®r Mike Henthorn CIC/ASG ACORD 26S (7197) FAX: (806) 775-2164 ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 w�a IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. rink'- i i 0 CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 -point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. D REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; .� (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and ,,. (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.[] „�, 3 �. U H Z O U iii ii CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 13TH day of FEBRUARY, 2003 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and WARDROUP & ASSOCIATES INC. of the City of LUBBOCK, County of LUBBOCK and the State of TEXAS hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and inconsideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: ITB #277-02/BM - CONTROL ROOM & LABORATORY REHABILITATION -WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $122,523.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. '-�7 ATTEST: City S16cretary ""' APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: .,,ePss Reip Kesentative APPROVED AS TO FORM: /I /'W . /V4� City Attorney ATTEST: Corporate Secretary WALI:ACE C. WARDROUPj '�' 1 Cl a CONTRACTOR: WARDROUP & SOCIATES, INC. By. - — A I T. ARDR07UP, PRESIDENT PRINTED NAME: TITLE: - COMPLETE ADDRESS: Wardroup & Associates, Inc. 4408 Brownfield Drive Lubbock, Texas 79410 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 2. 3. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit WARDROUP & ASSOCIATES, INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative JUDY ANDERSON, OPERATIONS COORDINATOR, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications; Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's s, Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. $. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated,. the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools,. superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless 1 L a 10. 11 12 13. 14.. otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality. of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but — such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed: All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of. careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's' Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the -amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction- thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the _ execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen_ (15) 01 calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from •� time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE ., The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. _,;,The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms .,. or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 0" 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. I 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be bome by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not -� in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 4 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, "�" in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. ." L, E ml If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean, and include allywork that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work.. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, ii om are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. ""` 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A .. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. A. General Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury ^" Advertising Injury B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $00 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit, 7 to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance. The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of L0 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000.00. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 0406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the _ duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the _ governmental entity: ' 8 M (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially .•� affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will p 9 provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance — carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the _ insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 10 0 (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; .�, (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation "., insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440-3789 to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage;" and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (iv) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: 'By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 11 (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of "subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 12 0 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. ►*+ The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING ** The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $300 (THREE HUNDRED) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this r^+ 13 contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence.. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in anyway encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and employees, 14 against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's m•, agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS n On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be ..,, retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. +"° 15 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 16 0 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety ^" on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will e� ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than thesum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have'been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, "M 17 notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2.253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. 'All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES' .. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 18 W wee 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. r '? 19 CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS i RE: RESOLUTION NO.2002-R0483, NOVEMBER 14, 2002 EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Acoustical Ceiling Installer Air Conditioner Installer Air Conditioner Installer -Helper Asbestos Worker Asbestos Supervisor Bricklayer Bricklayer -Helper Carpenter Carpenter -Helper Cement Finisher Drywall Hanger Electrician Electrician -Helper Equipment Operator -Heavy Equipment Operator -Light Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Journey Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Apprentice Floor Installer Glazier Insulator-Piping/Boiler Insulator -Helper Iron Worker Laborer -General Mortar Mixer Painter Plumber Plumber -Helper •- Roofer Roofer -Helper Sheet Metal Worker Sheet Metal Worker -Helper Welder -Certified PM 1 Hourly Rate 11.50 12.00 7.50 9.00 12.50 12.50 7.00 11.00 7.00 9.00 11.00 15.00 8.00 10.00 9.00 18.00 10.00 9.50 10.50 10.50 7.00 11.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.50 7.00 9.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 11.00 r-� Craft Asphalt Heaterman Asphalt Shoveler Concrete Finisher Concrete Finisher -Helper Electrical Repairer -Equipment Flagger Form Setter Form Setter -Helper Laborer -General . Laborer -Utility ^* Mechanic Mechanic -Helper Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Paving Machine Bulldozer Concrete Paving Machine Front End Loader ., Heavy Equipment Operator Light Equipment Operator Motor Grader Operator Roller Scraper Tractor -Trailer Truck Driver -Heavy Truck Driver -Light EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates 2 Hourly Rate 9.00 7.50 9.00 7.50 12.50 6.50 8.00 6.50 6.00 6.75 9.00 7.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.00 10.25 7.00 7.50 8.50 8.00 7.00 PM P EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. 3 I SPECIFICATIONS ml;i� Specifications for LUBBOCK WATER TREATMENT FACILITY CONTROL ROOM & WATER TESTING LAB RENOVATION CITY OF LUBBOCK PROJECT # LUBBOCK, TEXAS September 9, 2002 BGS. A R -C IT -if IIFE (.7 T S - E, i -,q G I R S 2118 34TH STREET LUBBOCK TX 79411-1734 806-747-3881 FAX: 800-747-8214 LUBBOCK WATER TREATMENT CENTER CONTROL ROOM & WATER TESTING LAB RENOVATION CITY OF LUBBOCK PROJECT # 9799.9226.40000 LUBBOCK,TEXAS BGR ARCHITECTS -ENGINEERS LUBBOCK, TEXAS September 9, 2002 TABLE OF CONTENTS Roz DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Special Conditions-------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 5 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples --------------------------- 1 thru 2 01630 Substitution and Product Options --------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 01700 Contract Closeout Requirements ---------------------------------------- 1 thru 5 DIVISION 2 thru DIVISION 3 (NOT USED) DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04100 Mortar----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 04200 Unit Masonry -------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 7 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Miscellaneous Metals ----------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06220 Millwork-------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 4 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation-------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 07900 Caulking and Sealants ---------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08211 Flush Wood Doors -------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 08400 Aluminum Frames and Doors ------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 08700 Finish Hardware----------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 4 08800 Glass and Glazing--------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09500 Acoustical Ceiling Systems ---------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 09650 Resilient Flooring--------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 09900 Painting and Finishing ---=------------------------------------------------ 1 thru 6 09952 Vinyl Wall Covering------------------------------------------------------ 1 thru 3 page - 1 ICCL 601 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10270 Access Flooring------------------------------------------------------------ 1 thru 4 10500 Laminate Covered Wood Lockers --------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 10530 Pre -Fabricated Metal Walkway, Stairway, Ramp Cover ------------ 1 thru 5 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11600 Science Equipment-------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 5 DIVISION 12 — thru — DIVISION 14 (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 General Mechanical Provisions ----------------------------------------- 1 thru 6 15020 Testing---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 15650 Air Conditioning----------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 15840 Ductwork------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 15870 Grilles, Registers and Ceiling Diffusers -------------------------------- 1 thru 2 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 General Electrical Provisions -------------------------------------------- 1 thru 6 16110 Raceways------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 4 16120 Conductors----------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 4 16130 Boxes and Fittings --------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 3 16140 Wiring Devices------------------------------------------------------------ 1 thru 3 16170 Switches and Fuses -------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 2 16500 Lighting--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 thru 7 page - 2 SECTION 01010 — SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE: A. Bidders are expected to visit the site of the building renovation and compare the Drawings and Specifications with existing conditions, and inform themselves of all conditions, which will affect this work. Failure of the successful Bidder to do so will in no way relieve the Bidder from necessity of furnishing any materials, labor, or equipment, or ,performing any work that may be required to complete work in accordance with Drawings and Specifications, without additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 NOTIFICATIONS: A. Contractor shall give the Architect verbal notification at least 48 hours prior to commencing any of the following: Masonry Installation of ceiling board in grid ceilings Painting Testing Water, Gas, Sewer & Refrigerant Lines 1.04 PROTECTION AND ACCESS: A. Contractor shall adequately protect adjacent property at all times, and shall make good at his own expense any damage to such property arising out of any operation connected with his contract. B. Contractor shall at all times provide protection against weather - rain, wind, storms, frost, or heat so as to maintain all work, materials, apparatus and fixtures from injury or damage. At the end of the day's work all new or old work likely to be damaged shall be covered. 1.05 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES: A. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES: 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner in scheduling his work. Due to the nature of the work required by this contract, all operations must be coordinated with the Owner to insure a minimum of interference with the continuing use of the existing facilities. 2. This contract shall include alterations and additions to existing building as indicated on the Drawings. Each Bidder will be expected to familiarize himself with conditions affecting the execution of this work. 3. Drawings and notes do not indicate complete existing building, or water, sewer, waste, electrical or other construction conditions and each Bidder shall visit the site prior to submitting his proposal and shall inspect installation and conditions to be met and work to be accomplished in removing and modifying existing work and installing any new work in the existing building. Failure to comply with this shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments in connection with removing or modifying 01010-1 0 any part of existing installations and/or installing any new work to meet the requirements of this contract. 4. Certain information is shown on the Drawings concerning the existing installation for general information purposes, but shall not be interpreted as representing "as built" conditions. Where the existing conditions are found to be different from that indicated, Contractor shall provide any materials necessary and make all connections required for proper operation at no additional expense to the Owner. 5. The Owner shall retain possession of all movable equipment and other equipment not attached to the building. In addition the Owner may elect to retain possession of other materials not re -used in the Construction. Materials not retained by the Owner or to be re -used in the building shall be removed from the site. 6. Where alterations to existing building are required, Contractor shall, after his work is otherwise complete, repair adjacent finishes and do patching work as necessary to leave the adjacent work in good shape. He shall paint, plaster, trim out, and finish new work and as much adjacent existing work as is necessary to leave the job clean, neat and attractive. 7. All existing piping and/or circuits, which are disconnected during the course of this work, shall be reconnected and left in satisfactory operating order unless they are specifically noted to be removed or disconnected. B. WORKING AND STORING AREAS: 1. Where storage space for construction materials is required beyond that available in the remodel spaces, the Owner will designate an area adjacent to of the building for stack lot and storage. 2. Storing or working outside of indicated remodeled spaces is prohibited. Keep areas outside the remodeled spaces free from debris incident to this project. C. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: 1. Contractor shall take precautions to protect existing facilities and features within designated construction limits and along the access to construction site. Any damage caused by Contractor or his Subcontractor's shall be repaired immediately at his expense. 2. All Bidders are cautioned that asbestos containing materials (ACM) may exist at this facility. The Owner, has available to any Bidder, surveys showing extent and type of known asbestos containing materials. Successful Bidder shall have examined these reports and be familiar with its contents before proceeding with construction. ACM's are not to be disturbed by Contractor or any of his subcontractor's. D. REPAIR OF DAMAGE: Contractor shall be -responsible for any loss or damage caused by him, his workmen, or his subcontractors to the work or materials, to tools and equipment of one another, to adjacent property and persons, and shall make good any loss, damage or injury without cost to the Owner. """' 01010-2 E. NEW UTILITY CONNECTIONS: 1. Utility Service: Coordinate with Owner for shut-off, capping and continuation of utility services or branches of services as required. 2. Outages: One week prior notice of all utility outages or partial outages must be given to the Owner, and all work of this nature must be approved and coordinated with the Owner. F. CONSTRUCTION ACCESS: 1. Access to remodeled area for workmen and construction materials shall be as directed by the Owner in the pre -construction conference. 2. Existing elevator may be used for construction materials when approved in advance by Owner. Protect elevator from damage caused by construction use. G. CONSTRUCTION DUST/SOUND BARRIERS: 1. Where appropriate or necessary to protect adjacent spaces, the Contractor shall construct and maintain polyfilm dust/sound barriers to prevent the spread of construction dust and sounds into the adjacent occupied spaces of the existing building. 2. Construct barriers of 2 x 4 wood studs, with 4 -mil polyfilm on each side. Fill cavities of studs with 4" unfaced fiberglass insulation. H. SMOKING: Smoking in the remodeling construction area is strictly prohibited. Notify employees and subcontractors of this requirement at the beginning of work. 1.08 COORDINATION: All contractors, and subcontractors on the project shall coordinate their work with each other, advising on work schedules, equipment locations, etc. 1.09 FIELD ENGINEERING: A. LAYING OUT WORK: 1. The Contractor shall exercise proper precaution to verify figures shown on Drawings before laying out work and will be held responsible for any error resulting from his failure to exercise such precaution. 2. A competent foreman or superintendent initially approved by Architect, shall be kept by Contractor at the building at all times and in continuous superintendence during the progress of the work, to receive instructions and to act for Contractor in the accurate laying out and direction of all work. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: A. PERMITS AND LAWS: 1. Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and Municipal Laws, Codes and Ordinances applicable to the work of this contract, and he shall also comply with all regulations of National Board of Fire Underwriters having jurisdiction, and he shall obtain and pay for all permits required in connection with the execution of his work. Architect shall be furnished with certified copies of these permits if requested. 2. If above Laws, Codes or Ordinances conflict with Contract Documents, then laws, codes or ordinances shall govern instead of Contract 01010-3 Documents, except in such cases where Contract Documents exceed them in quality of materials, or labor; then Contract Documents shall be followed. •• 1.11 PROJECT MEETINGS: A. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: 1. Prior to Contractor occupying site where the work is to be done the Owner •-+ will hold a Pre -construction Conference at a time and place to be established by the Owner. B. PROJECT BRIEFINGS: --a 1. Each month, Contractor shall brief the Owner and Architect on project progress during the preceding period. Any slippage in schedule shall be discussed during the briefings. 2. Briefings shall be held at a time and place established by the Owner. 1.12 SUBMITTALS: A. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: 1. Within fifteen (15) days after award of a contract, Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Progress Chart or CPM Chart showing sequence of construction, together with proposed completion dates for various trades. 2. Schedule shall indicate start and finish dates for various major subcontracts or operations. 1.13 TEMPORARY UTILITIES: A. Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary for utilities required during construction. B. Mechanical, Electrical and Utility Contractors shall make arrangements with General Contractor to use these services for testing and other normal use during construction. C. Contractor shall provide adequate temporary lighting in the building for all trades. D. The Owner will furnish all power, natural gas, and water required during .� construction. Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary to connect to existing utility system. Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner to conserve use of utilities during construction. E. Owner's Computer Equipment: Contractor shall take every precaution to avoid any power interruptions that could be detrimental to the Owner's computer equipment operations. F. Telephone: Contractor shall be responsible for his own telephone. Contractor shall provide and pay for a telephone at the building site in order to expedite his work. Local telephone service shall be made available to all persons connected with the work. G. Toilets: Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order temporary chemical toilet facilities for all workmen and shall remove same at completion of the work. ,.. Toilets shall be completely enclosed and of neat appearance. Toilet locations shall be approved by Architect. ., H. Temporary Heat and Ventilation: Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. 01010-4 J. Cover trenches and holes when not in use. Erect barriers at changes in plane steeper than 45 degrees and more than 3 feet in height. K. Provide facilities to exclude unauthorized visitors from the construction site. Provide personal safety equipment for authorized visitors. Provide temporary doors with locks where required. L. Provide access through remodel area where required to maintain any fire exits from spaces adjacent to construction area. 1.14 FIRE PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. Contractor, subcontractors, and their personnel are required to be in compliance with the fire protection and prevention requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act for Construction. B. Fire extinguishers shall be available at all times while work is being performed. Number and type are to be as specified in Subpart L (1910.157) of OSHA. Contractor is required to furnish his own extinguishers. shers. C. Waste combustible materials shall not be allowed to accumulate at work site and shall be removed from site and disposed on a regular basis. 1.15 BARRICADES: Construct and maintain barricades sufficient to prevent injury to persons and damage to property. 1.16 TEMPORARY CONTROLS: A. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS: 1. Contractor shall remove all combustible and non-combustible waste materials completely from the Owner's property and legally dispose of same. 2. Burning of any materials will not be permitted within the boundaries of the Owner's property. 1.17 TRAFFIC REGULATION: A. 'PARKING: Parking of private cars permitted only in areas designated by the Owner. Notify employees and subcontractors of this requirement at beginning of work. 1.18 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS: A. SIGNS: 1. No signs or advertisements will be permitted without approval of Owner. 1.19 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS): The Contractor shall provide to the Owner, copies of all MSDS for all products utilized in the construction of this project. 1.20 ASBESTOS -CONTAINING AND ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: There shall be no asbestos -containing or environmentally hazardous materials identified by E.P.A. or O.S.H.A. used or installed in any category of work under this Contract. End of Section 01010-5 0" SECTION 01340 — SHOP DRAWINGS. PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 1.01 GENERAL: A. Submit to the Architect shop drawings, and Section 1630, product data and samples required by specification sections. B. Prepare and submit a list of required submittals of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. List submittal items in numerical order of specification section numbers. Identify each submittal in list with an item number, specification section number, name of product and type of submittal (Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples). Include dates for submission and need dates for each item. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Original drawings, prepared by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or distributor, which illustrate some portion of the work, showing fabrication, layout, setting or erection details, prepared by a qualified detailer. 1.03 PRODUCT DATA: A. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings: 1. Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable to Project. 2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to Project. B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models. 2. Show dimensions and clearances required. 3. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 4. Show wiring diagrams and controls. 1.04 SAMPLES: A. Physical examples to illustrate materials, equipment and workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work is judged. B. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Erect at Project site at location acceptable to Architect. 2. Construct each sample or mock-up complete including work of all trades required in finished work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission. Initial, sign, or stamp, certifying to review of submittal. B. Verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and similar data. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of work and contract documents. D. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by Architect's review of submittals. E. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Am 01340-1 Contract Documents is not relieved by Architect's review of submittals, unless Architect gives written acceptance of specific deviations. F. Notify Architect, in writing at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. G. Begin no work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect's stamp and initials or signature indicating review. H. After Architect's review, distribute copies. 1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A. Schedule submissions at least 15 days before date reviewed submittals will be needed, in accordance with approved submittal schedule. B. Submit number of copies of product data, which Contractor requires for distribution, plus 3 copies, which will be retained by Architect. C. Submit number of samples specified in each of specification sections. D. Accompany each submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. The number of each Shop Drawing, Product Data and Sample submitted. 5. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. 6. Other pertinent data. E. Submittals shall include: 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title. 3. Names of Architect, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier and manufacturer. 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Applicable reference standards. 8. Other pertinent data required by Specifications. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. 11. Space large enough to accept Architect's approval stamp (3" x 1-1/2"). 1.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A. Shop Drawings: 1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made, other than those requested by Architect. B. Product Data and Samples: Submit new data and samples as required for initial submittal. 1.08 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AFTER REVIEW: A. Distribute copies of shop drawings and product data which carry Architect's stamp as required for construction, including Contractor's file, job site file, record documents file, other prime contractors, subcontractors, supplier and fabricator. End of Section 01340-2 -- r*+ SECTION 01630 — SUBSTITUTION AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. During bidding, Architect will consider written requests from prime Bidders for substitutions, received at least 7 days prior to bid date. Approval of proposed substitutions will be set forth in an addendum or letter of approval. Requests for substitutions shall include data listed below. B. Within 21 days after date of contract, Architect will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitutions of products in place of those specified. C. Submit 4 copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 2. For products: Project identification, including manufacturer's name and address. Manufacturer's literature, including product description, performance and test data and reference standards. Samples, if applicable. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: Detailed written descriptions of proposed method. Complete drawings illustrating methods or revisions. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. D. In making request for substitution, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranty for the substitution that he would for the om 01630-1 1.01 PRODUCT LIST: A. Within 21 days after date of contract, submit to the Architect 5 copies of complete list of products and materials, which are proposed for installation. B. Prepare list on basis of each specification section. C. For products specified under reference standards, include with listing of each product: 1. Name and address of manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data, including performance and test data, reference standards. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS: ., A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named. C. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option, unless a substitution is approved as specified below. -- D. Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous project experience. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. During bidding, Architect will consider written requests from prime Bidders for substitutions, received at least 7 days prior to bid date. Approval of proposed substitutions will be set forth in an addendum or letter of approval. Requests for substitutions shall include data listed below. B. Within 21 days after date of contract, Architect will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitutions of products in place of those specified. C. Submit 4 copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 2. For products: Project identification, including manufacturer's name and address. Manufacturer's literature, including product description, performance and test data and reference standards. Samples, if applicable. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: Detailed written descriptions of proposed method. Complete drawings illustrating methods or revisions. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. D. In making request for substitution, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranty for the substitution that he would for the om 01630-1 product specified. 3. He certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under the Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent. 4. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. He will assume full responsibility for additional cost and expenses for the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and all other contractors. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without formal request submitted in accord with Article 1.03 of this section. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of contract. F. If substitution is not approved or accepted, Contractor shall furnish specified product. End of Section 01630-2 SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 FINAL CLEANING: In addition to requirements of General Conditions the following shall apply: A. Use experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. At completion of construction and just prior to acceptance or occupancy, conduct final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces and perform final cleaning. C. Final cleaning shall include all sweeping, dusting, vacuuming, dry and wet mopping, polishing, buffing, and other operations necessary, including supplies and equipment required. Also remove temporary tape, wrappings, coatings, labels, grease, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces. D. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. E. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. F. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if air conditioning units were operated during construction. G. Clean cabinets and casework. K. Dust and wash plumbing and electrical fixtures. J. Surfaces recesses, enclosures, etc., shall be cleaned as necessary to leave work in condition ready for immediate occupancy by Owner. K. Hose down and scrub all new and existing concrete and asphalt paving and walks soiled as result of work. Rake clean other surfaces of grounds. L. All debris, surplus material, and other items specified or indicated for removal shall become property of Contractor and shall be legally disposed of off-site. M. Contractor shall promptly remove from building, job site, sidewalks, and streets all rubbish and dirt due to work done under contract. At completion of work, he shall completely clean areas in which work has been done, including glass, and leave building broom -clean and ready for occupancy. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: A. Contractor determines work shown and specified has been substantially completed: 1. Informs Architect in writing that work is ready for substantial completion inspection. 2. If Architect concurs upon inspection, a substantial completion inspection will be scheduled. B. Representatives will participate in Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. Architects and Engineer 2 Contractor and Major Subcontractors 3 Owner's Representative (optional) C. Architect develops master "punch list" from comments produced by Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. Copies to Contractor as required to expedite correction of items contained in "punch list." 01700-1 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION: A. Contractor determines work shown and specified has been completed: 1. Informs Architect in writing that work is ready for inspection. 2. If Architect concurs upon inspection, Owner is notified in writing that work is ready for Owner's inspection. _ 3. If Owner concurs, a Final Inspection for substantial completion will be scheduled. B. Representatives will participate in Final Inspection: _ 1. Architects and Engineer 2. Contractor and Major Subcontractors 3. Owner's Representative _ C. Architect develops master "punch list" from comments produced by Final Inspection: 1. Copies to Contractor as required to expedite correction of items contained in "punch list." 1.04 REINSPECTION COSTS: If such substantial completion or final completion inspection reveals that the Work fails to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall bear all re -inspection costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect's/Engineer's additional inspection services made necessary by such failure. 1.05 PERMANENT KEYS: At final inspection, Contractor shall place correct key in each lock, appropriately tagged for positive identification. Permanent keys for whatever purpose (finish hardware, mechanical equipment, casework, switches, electrical panels, fire alarm system panels, fire hose cabinets, elevator, etc.) shall be released only to Owner's designated representative. Owner's designated representative will make distribution of keys. 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT: A. Project Record Documents: 1. Related requirements specified elsewhere: a. General Conditions b. Special Conditions C. Submittals, Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Project Record Documents are defined as "As -Built" Records which include but are not limited to the following: Contract Drawings, Record Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, reviewed Shop Drawings, Change Letters, Change Order, negotiated changes, other modifications to the Contract, Field Test Reports, approved submittal data, equipment operation, and maintenance manuals. 3. Submit three (3) copies each of above to the Architect who will forward two (2) copies to Owner for his information and use. 4. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" and accompany each submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate containing: date, project title, Architect's project number, Contractor's name and address, title of each record document, certification in writing that each document, as submitted, is complete and accurate, and signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. 01700-2 r- Owner for information and use. E. Approved Mechanical and Electrical Submittal Data: Prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide three (3) copies Mechanical and Electrical Submittal Data to Architect who will forward two (2) copies to Owner for information and use. F. Warranties, Guarantees, and Bonds: 1. Prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide to the Architect three (3) copies of all warranties, guarantees, and bonds required in various sections �• of Specifications. 2. Written Warranty: Contractor shall submit to Architect three (3) copies of a warranty written on Contractor's letterhead and in form approved by Architect, for work, materials, and equipment for period of one (1) year. 3. Guarantees where guarantees for periods beyond one (1) year from date of final acceptance for work are required, such guarantees shall be written, and three (3) copies furnished to the Architect, on Contractor's letterhead using the following format: .n 01700-3 5. All the above shall be submitted prior to Final Payment to Contractor. B. Contract Record Drawings: Upon completion of construction and prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide Architect with clean, complete set of prints marked to record actual construction showing all deviations from, additions to, or changes in Contract Drawings including but not limited to: 1. Location of internal utilities concealed in _ construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure, if significantly different than that shown on Drawings. 2. Field changes of dimension and details. 3. Changes made by Change Letters, Change Order, or Field Order. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 5. Architectural changes shall be noted as well as structural, mechanical, and electrical. �,. C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals and Index: 1. Prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide maintenance information and operation instructions for equipment and systems installed. 2. Prepare operating and maintenance instructions for equipment, particularly Mechanical and Electrical that will require adjustment, servicing, or attention for its proper operation. 3. Provide following data bound in a neat brochure: a. Approved fixture brochures, wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and directions. b. Repair parts lists of major equipment items shall include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local suppliers and companies servicing installed equipment. #^ C. List of products incorporated in work, referenced to Specification Section if other than product specified. d. Provide an Index listing equipment referenced to Specification �^ Sections. 4. Operating instructions for heating, cooling and other mechanical systems necessary for Owner to make full and efficient use of equipment including recommended maintenance and seasonal changeover procedures. 5. Submit two (2) copies of instructions to the Architect for review and approval. After approval, the Architect will forward two (2) copies to r- Owner for information and use. E. Approved Mechanical and Electrical Submittal Data: Prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide three (3) copies Mechanical and Electrical Submittal Data to Architect who will forward two (2) copies to Owner for information and use. F. Warranties, Guarantees, and Bonds: 1. Prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall provide to the Architect three (3) copies of all warranties, guarantees, and bonds required in various sections �• of Specifications. 2. Written Warranty: Contractor shall submit to Architect three (3) copies of a warranty written on Contractor's letterhead and in form approved by Architect, for work, materials, and equipment for period of one (1) year. 3. Guarantees where guarantees for periods beyond one (1) year from date of final acceptance for work are required, such guarantees shall be written, and three (3) copies furnished to the Architect, on Contractor's letterhead using the following format: .n 01700-3 "GUARANTEE FOR We hereby guarantee that the which we have installed on the (project name, project address & location) has been done in accordance with the drawings and specifications, and that the work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the Guarantee included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any other adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of (insert guarantee period) year(s) from date of acceptance of the above mentioned structure by the (Owner's name), ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time, which in no case shall be longer than thirty (30) days after being notified in writing by the (Owner name), we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the (Owner Name) to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will honor and pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand." Signed Subcontractor and/or Supplier Countersigned Prime Contractor 4. Warranty and Guarantee periods shall commence on the date of the Certificate of Substantial Completion unless otherwise specified. 1.07 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS): 1. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner, copies of all MSDS for all products utilized in the construction of this project. 1.08 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS: After submission of written instructions and prior to Final Payment, Contractor shall furnish competent operation engineer or engineers at such time or times as directed by Architect to meet with Owner or his representatives, to fully explain instructions and to demonstrate and fully familiarize Owner or his representatives with equipment and phases of its operation and maintenance. Amount of time devoted to instructions shall be reasonable and consistent with size of installation and its complexity. Instructions shall be adequate to the extent that Owner's personnel may proceed with normal operations in a safe and efficient manner. 1.09 FINAL PAYMENT: A. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. SECTION 01700: CONTRACT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS as applicable. B. Submit two (2) sets of the following to the Architect who will forward one (1) copy to the Owner: 01700-4 r 1. Certificate of Punch List Completion: a. On Contractors letterhead b. Copy of Punch List attached. C. Furnish all additional closeout document required by the City of Lubbock. w: MM End of Section �- 01700-5 SECTION 04100 - MORTAR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide mortar for masonry construction. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Unit Masonry - Section 04200 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C5-59 (1974), Quicklime ASTM C91-75, Masonry Cement ASTM C144-91, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C 150-76, Portland Cement ASTM C207-76, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes ASTM C270-73, Mortar for Unit Masonry B. Source Quality Control: Initial compressive strength laboratory tests in accordance with ASTM C270. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Include product data sheets for each named product. B. Test Reports: If requested submit independent laboratory test reports of initial mortar tests, including design mix proportions, for each mortar. C. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirements. D. Samples: Refer to sample wall requirements in Section 04200. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver and store manufactured products in original, unopened containers. B. Store cementitious ingredients in weather -tight enclosures and protect against contamination and warehouse set. Protect from freezing. C. Stockpile and handle aggregates to prevent contamination from foreign materials. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Heat mixing water when air temperature is below 40 deg. F. and heat aggregates when air temperature is below 32 deg. F., to assure mortar. temperatures between 40 deg. F. and 120 deg. F. until used. B. Produce subsequent mortar batches within +/- 10 deg. F. of first batch. C. Do not heat water or sand above 120 deg. F. 04100-1 2.02 MIXES: A. General: 1. Mortar color shall match existing adjacent construction for each masonry product used. B. Mortar Mix: 1. ASTM C270, proportion specifications, Type N, except use Type S for all walls having vertical reinforcing and grouted cells. 2. Proportions by volume shall be as follows: Type N: 1 part portland cement, 1 part hydrated lime and not more than 6 parts sand. Type S: 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part hydrated lime and not more than 4-1/2 parts sand. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: Type N mortar shall be 750 psi in 28 days, Type S mortar shall be 1800 psi in 28 days. 4. Maximum air content 12%. 5. Incorporate shrinkage control admixture in mortar at rate of 1 lb. per bag of cement and 1 lb. per cu. ft. of lime. r 6. Incorporate color pigment in mortar for brick masonry in amounts required to achieve desired color/match existing mortar color. C. Mixing Procedures: ** 1. Post the mix proportions in plain sight near the mixer. Measure materials by volume or equivalent weight. Calibrate the shovel used to batch the sand with the number of shovels full needed 1 to fill a 1 -cubic -foot box. '""' 04100-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, except complying with the staining requirements of ASTM C91 for not more than 0.03% water soluble alkali, Type I, II, or III. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, non -staining. Prepared masonry cements may be used subject to successful flexural bond strength test results using ASTM E518- 80 test procedures. To be considered the flexural bond strength test results of the prepared masonry cement mortar shall meet or exceed the results using mortar proportion specifications. Individual comparison tests shall be performed using ..� the specified masonry units with (1) the specified mortar proportions and (2) the prepared masonry cement mortar .proposed for use by the Contractor. Construction of the test specimens shall be performed under the direction of a recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the Architect. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D. Quicklime: ASTM C5. E. Aggregates: ASTM C144. Use natural white sand or ground white stone for white mortar at glazed tile work. F. Water: Clean and potable, free of organic matter. G. Mortar Color: Inorganic mineral oxide color agent, compounded for use in mortar mixes, maximum 10% by weight of Portland Cement content, except carbon black maximum 3% by weight of Portland Cement content. H. Shrinkage Control Admixture: Hydratite Plus by Tamms/Horn Construction Products. 2.02 MIXES: A. General: 1. Mortar color shall match existing adjacent construction for each masonry product used. B. Mortar Mix: 1. ASTM C270, proportion specifications, Type N, except use Type S for all walls having vertical reinforcing and grouted cells. 2. Proportions by volume shall be as follows: Type N: 1 part portland cement, 1 part hydrated lime and not more than 6 parts sand. Type S: 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part hydrated lime and not more than 4-1/2 parts sand. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: Type N mortar shall be 750 psi in 28 days, Type S mortar shall be 1800 psi in 28 days. 4. Maximum air content 12%. 5. Incorporate shrinkage control admixture in mortar at rate of 1 lb. per bag of cement and 1 lb. per cu. ft. of lime. r 6. Incorporate color pigment in mortar for brick masonry in amounts required to achieve desired color/match existing mortar color. C. Mixing Procedures: ** 1. Post the mix proportions in plain sight near the mixer. Measure materials by volume or equivalent weight. Calibrate the shovel used to batch the sand with the number of shovels full needed 1 to fill a 1 -cubic -foot box. '""' 04100-2 2. Mix cementitious materials and aggregate for 3 to 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. 3. Add maximum amount of water to produce workable consistency. 4. If mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or absorption of a part of mixing water, re -temper by adding water and re -mix. Exception: Do not re -temper colored mortar (additional water may lighten the color). 5. Use mortar and grout within 2-1/2 hours of initial mixing. 6. Do not use mortar after it has begun to set. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Installation of mortar and grout is specified in Section 04200. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Control mortar batching by measuring materials by volume in accordance with approved mix design proportions. Maintain uniform mortar color for entire work. End of Section 04100-3 SECTION 04200 — UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide unit masonry construction. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this "^ section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - Section 01340 Mortar and Grout - Section 04100 Caulking and Sealants - Section 07900 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. A. Samples: Submit sample panel of face brick and glass block and structural tile, showing extreme variations in color and, for preliminary selection and approval. B. Test Reports: Submit independent laboratory test report of ASTM -73 test for face brick. Test report shall include compressive 24-hour cold water absorption, 5 -hour boil absorption, coefficient and initial rate of absorption (suction). C. Certificates: Prior to delivery, submit certificates attesting compliance with applicable specifications for grades, types, classes and strengths of brick and concrete masonry units. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data sheets for each named product. E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section covering glazed structural tile work. Drawings shall show and all shapes required. Submit Facing Tile Institute catalogue for the series specified. Elevation of all glazed work shall be submitted. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Sample Wall: Prior to ordering brick and starting masonry work, build sample wall of face brick for Architect's review of color range and workmanship. Sample wall to include selected face brick, bonding, tooled joints and quality of workmanship. B. After delivery of brick, Contractor shall construct adjacent to the approved sample wall, a new sample wall from delivered brick to assure that brick to be used matches the approved sample. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Local Building Code. 2. Comply with requirements of Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition, Chapter 21 Masonry. 3. Comply with requirements of Standard Building Code, 1994, Chapter 21 Masonry Construction. 4. "Specifications for Design and Construction of Load -Bearing Masonry", NCMA, 1970. 5. Source Quality Control: Testing Reports of each masonry unit as above. o 04200-1 6. Comply with requirements of Building Code Requirements for Structures (ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402) and Specifications for Masonry Structures _ (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602). 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: A. Store masonry materials off ground. B. During freezing weather, protect masonry units with tarpaulins or other suitable material. C. Protect reinforcement and accessories from elements. D. Protect CMU from moisture absorption. Protect CMU with tarpaulins or other suitable material. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS: _. A. Protection of Work: 1. During erection, cover top of walls with strong waterproof membrane at end of day or shutdown. 2. Cover partially -completed walls when work is not in progress. 3. Extend cover minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. B. Staining: 1. Prevent mortar from staining face of masonry. 2. Immediately remove mortar in contact with face of masonry. 3. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar; protect door jambs and corners from damage during construction. 1.08 COORDINATION: A. Build openings and chases for heating, plumbing and electrical, pipes and conduits into masonry walls. B. Provide for installation of bolts, toggles, flashings, beams, anchors, hangers, nailing strips, wall plugs and frames. C. Consult other trades in advance and make provisions for installation of their work to avoid cutting and patching. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FACE BRICK: A. Face Brick: Face brick shall match existing adjacent face brick in color, texture and size. Face brick shall be ASTM C216-86, Type FBS, Grade SW. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow load bearing units, ASTM C90-90, Grade N, Type 1, lightweight aggregate, with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength over average net area of 1900 psi, minimum. B. Hollow nonload bearing units, ASTM C129-75, Type 1, lightweight aggregate. C. Nominal face dimension: 8 in. x 16 in. Use 8 x 16 scored units where noted on the drawings. D. Furnish required sizes, shapes, lintels, pilasters, bond beams and miscellaneous shown on Drawings or required to complete the work.. 04200-2 E. Cure units by autoclave treatment at a minimum temperature of 350 deg. F. and a minimum pressure of 125 psi or CO2 curing process Fed. Spec. SS -C621-70 ASTM C90-90. F. Fire Resistance: When fire resistance rating is indicated on the drawings, obtain units complying with the requirements established by governing authorities. 2.03 GLAZED STRUCTURAL TILE: A. Comply with ASTM C126-82 and the Facing Tile Institute, select quality ceramic glazed. B. Face Dimensions: 11-11/16" long x 5" high (6T -Series), unless otherwise shown, or as required to match existing. C. Color as required to match existing. D. In'general, all sills, jambs and external corners shall be bull -nosed and lintels shall be cut square. Miters or starters shall be furnished. All internal corners shall be square unless otherwise noted. The base course shall be coved. E. Double faced walls greater than 4" in thickness shall be built of two (2) single faced units bonded in an, approved manner. Double-faced nominal 4" partitions may be constructed of single 4" units. F. Pack glazed structural clay tile in paper board shippers with separators. G. Variation in color shall not exceed that of the samples approved by the Architect. 2.04 RELATED MATERIALS: 7" A. Joint Reinforcement: 1. Composite Masonry Walls and Concrete Masonry Walls: Standard weight wire truss design equal to Dur -O -Wall, No. 9 gage hot -dipped galvanized deformed side rods with No._9 gage hot -dipped galvanized truss cross rod. Width slightly less than width of wall. Provide prefabricated corner and tee ties. 2. Cavity Walls Without Insulation: Standard weight wire truss design equal to Dur -O -Wall Trirod, three No. 9 gage hot -dipped galvanized deformed side rods with No. 9 gage hot -dipped galvanized truss cross rods. Overall width shall be slightly less than width of cavity wall with rod spacing in back-up wythe slightly less than width of back-up wythe. Provide cavity drips. Provide prefabricated corner and tee ties. 3. Cavity Wall With Rigid Insulation: Standard weight wire truss design with adjustable pintle and eye wall tie sections welded on at 16" centers, equal to Dur -O -Eye, No. 9 gage hot -dipped galvanized deformed side rods and No. 9 gage hot -dipped galvanized truss cross rods. Adjustable pintle and eye wall ties shall be equal to D/A 515, standard size 3/16", • galvanized finish. Pintle section shall have two legs and shall be length required to extend 2-3/4" into outer wythe. Eye section shall be sized to extend eyes into cavity air space. Provide prefabricated corner and tee ties. B. Expanded Mesh: Hot -dipped galvanized, diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs. per sq. ft. width slightly less than width of wall by 18" long. 0 om 04200-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Examine other construction, which is to support, or interface with masonry work for conditions that would prevent proper installation of masonry. B. Where footings and shelves are not sound or level, where anchorage devices have not been installed, where interferences exist, or where there are other conditions unsuitable for proper installation of masonry, do not start masonry work until other construction has been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Reduce initial absorption of brick exceeding 30 gm/min./30 sq. in., as determined by ASTM C67-73, by thoroughly wetting bricks with clean water 24 hours prior to placement. B. In hot weather, wet down 6 to 10 hours prior to placement. 3.03 JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS: A. Joint Reinforcement: Provide continuous reinforcement in mortar joints of masonry walls as follows: 1. Install continuous horizontal reinforcement at 16" o.c. vertically in cavity walls, concrete masonry walls and composite walls. Reduce spacing to S" o.c. vertically in parapet walls. Lap all horizontal reinforcing a minimum of 6" for continuity. 2. Provide drip notches in cavity wall reinforcement. 3. Install prefabricated corner and tee ties at wall intersections. 4. Caution: Joint reinforcement, masonry ties, and steel wires located in masonry joints must be placed in the mortar bed and not directly on the masonry. Do not continue reinforcement through control or expansion joints. 3.04 BRICK INSTALLATION: A. Lay brick plumb and true to lines, with level courses, head joints lined up vertically. Use no more than one cut closure in a length of wall. Line up closures vertically. B. Lay up brick with completely -filled mortar joints. Do not furrow bed joints. Butter ends of brick with sufficient mortar to fill head joints, then shove in place. Rock closures in place with head joints thrown against 2 adjoining brick in place. C. Tap each unit to line and level as it is placed. Do not disturb any one unit once in place, except to remove completely and set in fresh bed of mortar. 04200-4 a D. Where exterior composite walls are faced with brick, parge the back of facing brick with a 3/8" thick coating of mortar before back-up is laid. E. Do not pound corners and jambs to fit stretcher units after they have been set in position. Where an adjustment must be made after mortar has started to harden, remove mortar and replace with fresh mortar. F. Make cuts with a power masonry saw. Do not use saw -cut faces in exposed work. G. Lay up only brick, which have no chipped, cracked or discolored, exposed faces. Lay up with good face showing. H. Lay units in common running bond unless otherwise_ noted. Do not use units smaller than one-half unit size. Lay rowlocks, soldiers and patterns or special coursing as detailed. J. Provide at least 6 courses of .brick under steel beams bearing on masonry walls and 3 courses under steel joists, unless bond beams are shown. K. Keep cavity and wall clean and free of mortar droppings. Excess mortar protrusions on cavity side shall be cut off with trowel. 3.05 FACING TILE INSTALLATION: A. Lay tile plumb and true to lines, with level courses, head joints lined up vertically. Use no more than one cut closure in a length of wall. Line up closures vertically. B. Lay up rile with completely -filled mortar joints. Do not furrow bed joints. Butter ends of tile with sufficient mortar to fill head joints, then shove in place. Rock closures in place with head joints thrown against 2 adjoining tile in place. C. Tap each tile to line and level as it is placed. Do not disturb any one tile once in place, except to remove completely and set in fresh bed of mortar. D.. Do not pound corners and jambs to fit stretcher units after they have been set in position. Where an adjustment must be made after mortar has started to harden, remove mortar and replace with fresh mortar. E. Make cuts with a power masonry saw. Do not use saw -cut faces in exposed work. F. Lay up only tile, which have no chipped, cracked or discolored, exposed faces. G. Lay tile in common running bond unless otherwise noted. , Do not use units smaller than one-half unit size. H. Provide at least 6 courses of brick under steel beams bearing on masonry walls and 3 courses under steel joists, unless bond beams are shown. J. Keep cavity and wall clean and free of mortar droppings. Excess mortar on cavity side shall be cut off with trowel. 3.06 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT INSTALLATION: A. Lay only dry units. B. Make cuts with power masonry saw. Do not use saw -cut faces in exposed work. C. Cracked or chipped blocks shall not be used on exposed faces of walls. D. Lay units in running bond. Do not use units smaller than one-half unit size. Use stack bond with vertical joints aligned in areas where shown on the drawings. E. Set units plumb, true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced. F. Lay units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells and webs. Properly install lintels, pilaster units and other special units. G. Walls shall be laid up level each day. No racks will be allowed at end of day's work. Differences in working levels during construction shall be planned to occur at inside corners. 04200-5 H. Where interior partitions abut exterior walls and where partitions abut other partitions at right angles, provide block joint anchored with galv. expanded mesh every other course. J. Provide reinforced lintel block or solid cast lintels at openings where no other type of support is shown. Fill lintels solid with concrete and reinforce with steel reinforcing bars as shown or directed. Provide 24" minimum bearing unless otherwise shown. K. Non-bearing partitions, unless otherwise shown, shall terminate against beam soffits or structural ceilings; wedge partitions tight to ceiling or beams and fill horizontal joints with mortar between top of masonry partitions and underside of ceiling or beams. 3.07 GLAZED STRUCTURAL FACING TILE INSTALLATION: A. All units and shapes shall be laid to the line and with courses level. Do not use units smaller than one-half unit size. Expose no chipped, cracked, broken, or otherwise defective material. B. All cutting required at the job site shall be performed with a power driven saw in such a manner as to provide true and even edges. C. Rake joints at time of laying tile approximately 1/2" deep and point after all masonry work is complete and only after the space is completely in the dry. D. Pointing shall be done with white mortar as specified, mixed to a stiff consistency. Wet the joint to receive mortar before pointing sufficiently to assure good bond. Force mortar thoroughly into joints and tool with a rounded jointer to a smooth, dense concave surface. E. As the work progresses, all surfaces shall be cleaned with a cloth or burlap. Final cleaning shall be with a brush using soap and water. No acid or metallic scrapers will be permitted. 3.08 JOINTING: A. Provide tightly -tooled concave joints in brick and concrete masonry, 3/8" thick or as required to match existing. _. 3.09 BUILDING IN OTHER WORK: A. Build in lintels, door frames, windows, flashing, inserts, anchors, blocking, sleeves, wall plugs, boxes, cabinets, piping, conduit and other items, whether provided as part of masonry work, as preparation for other work or furnished by other trades. B. Full grout hollow metal door frames in masonry walls with mortar. C. Provide passage for electrical and mechanical lines. Chase CMU in unexposed work, allow placement in walls where exposed. Cut neat holes for in -wall switches,'cabinets. Make provisions for passage of lines, and other chases and openings, during laying up of masonry, so that later cutting is not necessary. Fill holes after lines and boxes are in place. D. Provide special jamb units where required to execute window and control joint details. Maintain sealant clearances at door, window and other openings. E. Provide lintels at openings in masonry work as necessary to form openings for in - wall equipment, through -wall ducts and piping, and as otherwise needed to support openings over 8" wide. Set lintels in full beds of mortar. 04200-6 3.10 CLEANING AND POINTING: A. At completion of masonry work, inspect masonry for defective joints. B. Cut out and repoint defective joints. Fill holes and tool smooth. C. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set, at end of each day's work and after final pointing. D. Clean exposed masonry surfaces with stiff fiber brush and clear water. No metal cleaning tools will be permitted. E. Acid solutions for cleaning shall be used only upon recommendation of the product manufacturer and approval of the Architect. Follow manufacturer's instructions. F. Leave work and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots, droppings and broken masonry. End of Section 04200-7 SECTION 05500 — MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide miscellaneous metal work as detailed, including anchors, fasteners, hardware and accessories. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Finish Painting - Section 09900 1.04 QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified. _ AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including "Commentary of the AISC Specification". AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members". AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction." 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340. Indicate each item being furnished, including materials, quantities, sizes, shapes, locations, connections and fasteners. Designate shop and field welds in accordance with AWS standard symbols. Furnish setting diagrams, erection plans, templates and directions for installation of backing plates, embedded anchors and other items. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Properly identify and mark items in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. B. Deliver embedded items to site in accordance with concrete construction schedule. C. Store products completely clear of ground and covered to avoid damage by elements. 1.07 COORDINATION: Coordinate with other trades where their work is affected by miscellaneous metalwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Miscellaneous Structural Steel: ASTM A36. B. Fasteners: Furnish galvanized with galvanized items. 05500-1 i 2.03 FINISHES: A. Standard Shop Paint: 1. Apply to miscellaneous ferrous metal items, except those indicated to be galvanized, or those with a factory primer. 2. Prepare surfaces by solvent cleaning and hand tool cleaning. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION: A. Examine structure and surfaces for defects that would prevent proper installation of miscellaneous metal items. Report discrepancies. •, B. Field measure related work and openings as required for proper fit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install items in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. _ B. Install plumb and level, anchored rigid and secure, and in true alignment with *a related and adjoining work. C. Field weld members in accordance with AWS D1.1. Grind exposed welds smooth. D. Provide anchoring devices and fasteners for properly installing items. E. Upon completion, re-examine work and correct to insure that installation is firm, tight, anchored, in true alignment with neat fits, without distortions, unsightly fastenings, raw edges or protrusions. F. Touch-up field welded areas with specified shop paint. Use specified galvanized touch-up at galvanized items. End of Section 05500-2 1. Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Expansion Bolts: Self -Drilling Anchors, Red Head Self -Drilling Series, or equal. C. Shop Paint: Equal to TNEMEC Series 10-99 rust -inhibiting red metal primer. 2.02 FABRICATION - GENERAL: A. Fabricate work true to shape, size and tolerances, as detailed, with straight lines, square corners or smooth bends; free from twists. B. Grind and dress edges and ends of metal smooth, with no sharp edges and with corners slightly rounded. *^ C. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1 and approved Shop Drawings. Grind welds smooth and at decorative items, polish to uniform surface or radius. D. Construct connections and joints exposed to weather to exclude water. " E. Provide sufficient type, quantity and size of anchors for proper fastening of items. Fastenings shall be concealed wherever possible. F. Provide holes and connections for work of other trades. G. Pre -assemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installations. 2.03 FINISHES: A. Standard Shop Paint: 1. Apply to miscellaneous ferrous metal items, except those indicated to be galvanized, or those with a factory primer. 2. Prepare surfaces by solvent cleaning and hand tool cleaning. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION: A. Examine structure and surfaces for defects that would prevent proper installation of miscellaneous metal items. Report discrepancies. •, B. Field measure related work and openings as required for proper fit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install items in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. _ B. Install plumb and level, anchored rigid and secure, and in true alignment with *a related and adjoining work. C. Field weld members in accordance with AWS D1.1. Grind exposed welds smooth. D. Provide anchoring devices and fasteners for properly installing items. E. Upon completion, re-examine work and correct to insure that installation is firm, tight, anchored, in true alignment with neat fits, without distortions, unsightly fastenings, raw edges or protrusions. F. Touch-up field welded areas with specified shop paint. Use specified galvanized touch-up at galvanized items. End of Section 05500-2 SECTION 06220 - MILLWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide items of millwork as shown on drawings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: — Carpentry - Section 06100 Wood Doors - Section 08211 Finish Hardware - Section 08700 -- Backpriming and Finishing of Millwork - Section 09900 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Indicate materials, species, construction, sizes, shapes, quantities, location and conditions of adjoining work. Show items in related or dimensional position with sections or details shown either full size or 3" =1'0" scale. B. Submit samples of laminated plastic and each species of solid wood and plywood for Architect's selection and approval. Identify each sample species, cut, and grade. Submit samples of miscellaneous hardware if requested by Architect. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. "Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute, Sixth Edition, (AWI)• B. "Architectural Casework Details", Architectural Woodwork Institute. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE -MISCELLANEOUS MILLWORK: A. Millwork manufacturer shall have a reputation for doing satisfactory work on time and shall have successfully completed comparable work during past 5 years. B. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), Quality Standards. C. Regulatory Requirements: Millwork shall comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE -CUSTOM COMPUTER MONITORING CONSOLE (CONTROL BUILDING) A. Custom computer monitoring station shall be equal to product custom built by Lee Custom Works, Inc., as distributed by Indoff, 1101 Sleepy Hollow, Waco Texas 76712, Phone (254) 399-6782, Fax: (254) 399-6784, Contact: Tricia Stricklen, Branch Partner. B. Alternate manufacturers seeking pre -approval must submit detailed specifications and experience record at producing similar installations. Refer to Section 01630 - Substitution and Product options for additional information. 06220-1 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver, store, and handle millwork in manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Do not deliver until building or storage .� area is sufficiently dry so that millwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. Maintain relative humidity in storage areas not to exceed 50%. 1.09 COORDINATION: Millwork manufacturer is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions, and shall show on his shop drawings required field measurements beyond his control. Coordinate to establish, verify, and maintain field dimensions and job conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 QUALITY GRADE -MISCELLANEOUS MILLWORK: A. Materials and Fabrication: Custom grade for transparent (natural) finish, and painted finish, in accordance with AWI "Quality Standards", conforming to the following sections: 1 Section 100 - Solid wood members 2. Section 200 - Plywood and particleboard 3. Section 300 - Standing and running trim 4. Section 400 - Casework 5. Section 600 - Closet and Storage Shelving 2.02 MATERIALS -MISCELLANEOUS MILLWORK: A. Exposed Solid Wood (Transparent Finish): Select Birch or other compatible species as required to match existing trim. B. Exposed Solid Wood (Painted): Unselect Birch, or Poplar. 2.03 MATERIALS -CUSTOM COMPUTER MONITORING CONSOLE (CONTROL BUILDING) A. All exposed surfaces covered with high-pressure laminate. All edges self -edged. Core to equal 1-1/8" or 3/4" industrial grade particleboard or 3/4" plywood. B. All drawer slides to be KV8400 or equal. C. All hinges to be European institutional hinges. (HAFELE#344-21.001) D. Ventilation for backs to be 5 mm holes. E. All units are fully assembled. F. Finishes: Cabinets: 1. Black high-pressure laminate outside of cabinets Formica #909-58. 2. Contract Gray Formica #462-58 cabinet interior. 3. Doors to be black with WA #6257 metallic front. G. Finishes Monitor Console: 1. Contract Gray Formica #462-58 all work surfaces, inside walls, back and monitor disks. 2. Front #462 Contract Gray upper section with#909-58 black lower section. 3. Panel to use WA #6257 with phenolic back brushed aluminum. 2.04 COMPONENTS LISTING -CUSTOM COMPUTER MONITORING CONSOLE (CONTROL BUILDING) A. 24" w. x 30" d. 30" h. units (2 each required) MR 06220-2 2.05 FABRICATION -GENERAL: A. Fabrication Workmanship: 1. Fabricate items in accordance with requirements of reference standards and construct millwork items in accordance with Section 400 - Casework grade requirements of AWI "Quality Standards". 2. Construct millwork items using materials specified for finishes designated on Drawings. 3. Milling: Fabricate, assemble, and finish items at mill as far as practical. Deliver ready to assemble and set in place. Machine sand items at mill. Provide millwork free of machine or tool marks or defects that will show through finish. 4. Laminated Plastic Tops, Panels and Other Laminated Plastic Covered Surfaces: Use particleboard cores. Glue tops, panels and other surfaces under pressure using Type H water resistant adhesive. Glue plastic core and balancing sheet in one operation after edge bands have been applied. If possible, fabricate tops from one continuous sheet of laminated plastic; minimize joints where joints are unavoidable. 5. Construction: Construct each unit or cabinet in one section where practical, or in largest practical sections to facilitate ease of handling and installation. Where a cabinet is constructed in more than one section, ship trim and scribe strips loose at field joints. 06220-3 1. Metallic laminate doors with vent cuts, 1 hinged left, 1 hinged right. 2. Horizontal to match upper doors. 3. Mobile with minimum 3" wheels. B. 24" w. x 30" d. x 7'-6" h. cabinets (2 each required) 1. Three storage sections with hinged doors with metallic laminate door fronts with vent slots. 2. Mobile WA minimum 3" wheel. C. Center Console, 36" w. x 30 d. x 7'-6" h. (1 each required) 1. Pencil drawer in opening with removable back. 2. Stationary with leveling glides. 3. Clearance see drawings. D. 30" x 72" w. desk (1 each required) 1. 1 box/file pedestal with lock. E. Open bookshelf wall hung, 14" h. (1 each required) 1. Sidewalls and back 72" 1. x 14" d. F. Monitor Console CD -R-6' —18' w. x 30" d. x 41" h. back wall. (1 each required) 1. Unit composed of 3 sections, each section to have an elevated 24" dia. disk monitor shelf recessed into back wall. 2. Inside back wall to have 9" slope for position communications, equipment support. 3. Front to have access panels with metallic laminate fronts with vent slots. 4. Panels secured with 1/4 x 20 bolt and T -nuts. 2.05 FABRICATION -GENERAL: A. Fabrication Workmanship: 1. Fabricate items in accordance with requirements of reference standards and construct millwork items in accordance with Section 400 - Casework grade requirements of AWI "Quality Standards". 2. Construct millwork items using materials specified for finishes designated on Drawings. 3. Milling: Fabricate, assemble, and finish items at mill as far as practical. Deliver ready to assemble and set in place. Machine sand items at mill. Provide millwork free of machine or tool marks or defects that will show through finish. 4. Laminated Plastic Tops, Panels and Other Laminated Plastic Covered Surfaces: Use particleboard cores. Glue tops, panels and other surfaces under pressure using Type H water resistant adhesive. Glue plastic core and balancing sheet in one operation after edge bands have been applied. If possible, fabricate tops from one continuous sheet of laminated plastic; minimize joints where joints are unavoidable. 5. Construction: Construct each unit or cabinet in one section where practical, or in largest practical sections to facilitate ease of handling and installation. Where a cabinet is constructed in more than one section, ship trim and scribe strips loose at field joints. 06220-3 Rpm M, PW 5" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: Install millwork items, plumb, level and true, in accordance with industry standards. Blind nail where possible; set finish nails for puttying on exposed surfaces. Carefully fit wood plugs in countersunk screw holes. Tool marks or abrasions on finish surfaces not acceptable. Where attaching trim to drywall surfaces, use proper finish head drywall screws. Do not install trim until backs and unexposed edges have been backprimed. Fasten cabinets with concealed fasteners of adequate strength to securely hold work in place. Set cabinets to lines and grades detailed, plumb and level. Accurately scribe and closely fit face plates, filler strips and trim strips to irregularities of adjacent surfaces. 3.02 CLEANING: Remove oil, dirt and grease from millwork items and leave in thoroughly clean condition. End of Section 06220-4 SECTION 07210 — BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide thermal insulation. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Acoustical Ceilings Systems - Section 09500 1.04 SCHEDULE OF WORK: The extent of each type of insulation is shown on the drawings or herein specified. Locations of various types shall be as follows: A. Ceilings: 6" thick thermal insulation installed above all new finish ceilings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: Submit sample of insulation, complete technical data of insulation and installation instructions for Architect's approval, in accordance with Section 01340. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver to site in manufacturer's original packaging, clearly marked with brand name, type, R -value and fire hazard classification. (FHC) B. Store materials off ground and protect from damage by elements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. 6" Thermal Ceiling/Attic Insulation: Thermal Insulation ASTM C665-84, Type III, Class A, 6" nominal thickness (R-19) fiberglass batts, foil -faced one side, batt and vapor barrier assembly Fire Hazard Classification 25/50/50 (ASTM E84-81). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. Thermal Batt Insulation: 1. Install continuously where shown, with no gaps between adjacent batts. Maintain minimum of 3/4" of unobstructed air space between reflective surface and wall materials. 2. Secure flanges of insulation to sides of framing space fasteners 8" o.c. or closer to hold flanges tightly to framing members. 3. Secure insulation in place with wire where required to prevent displacement or sagging. 4. Carefully cut and fit insulation around pipes, conduits and other obstructions; insulate small areas between closely -spaced framing members. 07210-1 5. Install with vapor barrier facing inside of building. 6. Install ceiling insulation 6" thick and over, perpendicular to long dimension of ceiling panels. Install ceiling insulation less than 6" parallel to long dimension of ceiling panels. 7. Where water piping of any nature occurs in an attic space except between two (2) heated floors, extend insulation up and over such piping in a continuous blanket. All water piping shall be on the heated side of the insulation. 8. Where there is insufficient space between the bottoms of ducts and finished ceilings, extend insulation up the side of the duct across the top, and down on opposite side. Secure insulation to vertical surfaces as required to keep in place. r� End of Section 07210-2 SECTION 07900 — CAULKING AND SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide exterior sealants required to close joints, which would allow moisture or air to enter between fixed materials, and as otherwise indicated on the drawings for exterior sealing. Caulk exterior joints and interior side of exterior joints with sealant rather than caulking compound. B. All joints (interior and exterior) between dissimilar materials shall be caulked with sealant. C. Provide caulking in conjunction with interior painting operations and as otherwise indicated on drawings for interior caulking. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Unit Masonry - Section 04200 Glass and Glazing - Section 08800 Painting and Finishing - Section 09900 Prefabricated Metal Building Walkway, Ramp & Covers — Section 10530 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's name and product proposed for use, and manufacturer's color charts for Architect's selections and approval. Submittal shall be in accordance with Section 01340. B. Samples and Test Reports: For materials other than those specified, furnish a unit sample of each material proposed (include primer), accompanied by certified independent laboratory test reports showing that materials to be furnished have been tested and meet requirements of applicable contract documents and manufacturer's certification that no major formula change has taken place since date of test. Sample containers shall be labeled as to supplier, name of material, specification numbers, colors. Include letters or published recommendations by manufacturer to support selection and compatibility of various related materials with respect to type of joints for which each material is intended. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Acceptable Sealants: 1. Dow Corning 795 2. General Electric Silpruf 3. Tremco Spectrem 2 B. Acceptable Sealant at Pre -Finished Metal Surfaces: 1. Sonneborne Sonolastic NP-1/NP-2. C. Applicator: Approved in writing by sealant manufacturer as a qualified applicator of their product. 07900-1 6W 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials in unopened containers as packaged by manufacturer. Store in a manner to protect materials from weather. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Sealant shall be applied only when (1) the ambient temperature is 40 degrees F and rising and (2) surfaces to be sealed are dry. 2. Proceed with sealant work only when weather conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protection: 1. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling of sealant materials. 2. Protect surfaces adjacent to sealant work prior to starting work. 1.08 GUARANTEE: Provide Owner a written guarantee which shall guarantee sealant operations to be free of leaks and defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years from date of acceptance. W" PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Sealant: (All Exterior Joints and Interior Joints Subject to Movement and between dissimilar materials, except for those joints listed hereafter to receive alternate sealant type.) Select from the following and use same manufacturer on the entire project: 1. Dow Corning 795 2. General Electric Silpruf 3. Tremco Spectrem 2 4. Color shall be as selected by Architect. B. Sealant for Pre -Finished Metal Surfaces: 1. Joints in Pre -Finished Metal Surfaces: One or two-part polyurethane non - sag gun grade equal to Sonnebome Sonolastic NP-1/NP-2. Color shall be as selected by Architect. C. Caulking Compound: One part acrylic latex caulk for general purpose interior caulking capable of being painted with latex or oil base paints. D. Joint Backing:. Closed cell or open cell polyethylene joint backing material as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Select a size that will cause about 30% compression in joint. E. Bond -Preventive Materials: Polyethylene tape, pressure -sensitive adhesive or masking tape, FS UU-T-106. F. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer for each type of working surface. 2.02 MIXING: Mix two -component sealants in accordance with directions printed on container labels. i am 07900-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. Concrete and masonry surfaces shall be smooth, dry, sound. Brush and wipe surfaces dust free. Remove oil, grease, release agents, coatings or other contaminants from surfaces. B. Remove loose mill scale from steel surfaces. Remove dirt, oil or grease by solvent cleaning and wipe surfaces. C. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to Architect. D. Prime and prepare surfaces in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.02 JOINT SIZES AND BACKING: A. Sealant: Minimum and maximum joint sizes shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer and as shown on drawings. Use joint backing material to control depth of joints. In joints 1/2" and wider depth equal to 1/2 width with minimum depth of 1/4". B. Caulking: Depth equal to 3 times joint width. 3.03 APPLICATION: A. Joint Backer: Install joint backer to achieve required depth of joints. Where not used, install a bond -preventive material in joint. B. Sealant: Apply sealant to joints prior to water repellent or clear coating operations. Apply sealant within 8 hours after primer has dried. Gun -apply sealant, completely filling joint. Tool joints smooth and wrinkle free. C. Caulking: Caulk joints before final coat of paint is applied to adjacent surface. Apply caulking with a pressure gun having a nozzle of proper size to fit joint. Completely fill joint and firmly tool against backing to make a smooth, convex bead, and assure good adhesion. Caulking shall develop a firm skin before paint is allowed. 3.04 CLEANING: Remove excess sealant and caulking materials and smears from adjacent surfaces as work progresses. Solvent recommended by manufacturer may be used to remove sealant. Remove debris from site. End of Section 07900-3 SECTION 08211— FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide flush wood doors. 08211-1 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Wood Door Frames - Section 06220 Aluminum Doors - Section 08400 Finish Hardware - Section 08700 Finishing of Doors - Section 09900 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Timblend Core, Type DPC-1 2. Eggers Hardwood Products Corp., Master Flush 3. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Novador 4. Mohawk Flush Wood Doors, Platinum Series B. Reference Standards: 1. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Guide Specifications, 1978 edition: Section 1300. 2. NWWDA - National Wood Window Door Association, Industry Standard I.S. 1981. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), FIRE DOORS (120 IDO) GSNV for fire classification marking. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) "Standard Fire Doors and Windows, NFPA No. 80 for installation of fire rated doors. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Flush wood doors shall comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Furnish Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01340. B. Certificates: Submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards and fabrication requirements, signed by authorized representative of door �^ manufacturer. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Store flat on a level surface in a clean, dry, well ventilated area protected from sunlight. B. Avoid subjecting doors to extreme heat, dryness, or moisture. C. Cover to keep clean, but permit air circulation. D. Do not drag one door across another. 08211-1 1.07 GUARANTEE: A. Interior Solid Core Doors: Provide Owner with written lifetime guarantee which shall guarantee doors to be free of defects in materials and workmanship. Guarantee shall provide for complete replacement of defective doors, including hanging and finishing, at no cost to Owner. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR (FOR INTERIOR APPLICATION) SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS: A. Quality Grade: Custom grade, as defined by AWI Quality Standards, Section 1300,1-3/4" thick. B. Face Finish: Medium density overlay (MDO) to receive paint finish. C. Core: Particleboard core construction, AWI Type PC -5, edge bands shall be compatible species to face veneer. Use Type I glue. D. Moisture Protection: Factory applied aluminum moisture protection at door top and bottom and glazing cut-outs. 2.02 FABRICATION: Fabricate doors in accordance with requirements of reference standards, cut light and louver openings at factory, provide bead moldings as detailed, species to match face veneer. Bevel both edges of doors 1/8" in 211 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WOOD DOOR INSTALLATION: A. Allow doors to become acclimated to site heat and humidity before hanging. B. Hang and fit doors to frames with 1/8" clearance at head and jamb, 1/2" clearance over hard floors, 1/4" clearance over thresholds and 1/8" clearance over carpet. C. In fitting for width, trim equally from both sides. Fire rated doors shall be trimmed only from the lock edge and shall be trimmed no more than 3/16". D. In fitting for height, do not trim top or bottom rails more than 3/4". Fire rated doors shall be trimmed only from the bottom rails and shall be trimmed no more than 1 ". E. Use drilled pilot holes for all screws. F. Doors shall operate properly with no binding. G. After setting, remove doors for sealing top and bottom edges and hardware cutouts. Re -hang after sealing. H. Do not remove labels from fire rated doors. End of Section 08211-2 SECTION 08400 — ALUMINUM FRAMES AND DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide aluminum storefront system, including doors, operable windows, glass and glazing, miscellaneous aluminum trim, anchors, accessories and perimeter sealing of framing. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Sealant - Section 07900 Finish Hardware - Section 08700 Glass and Glazing - Section 08800 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Kawneer Architectural Products. 2. Howmet Corp., Architectural Products Div. 3. PPG Industries, Inc. B. Qualifications: Fabricator and erector shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in providing similar systems. C. Structural Design: Provide structural calculations proving conformance with specification requirements. Design, fabricate and install storefront system to withstand a 25 psf uniform wind load, with a maximum deflection not exceeding L/175 or 3/4" maximum. D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16 CFR 1201. 2. Aluminum frames and doors shall comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Indicate construction, sizes, jointing, fastening, anchors and miscellaneous accessories in detail. Also indicate adjacent building materials, locations and types of finishes, materials and structural calculations. Indicate door construction, materials, finishes, sizes, quantities and related hardware. B. Samples: Submit following samples, if requested, for Architect's approval: 1. 12" -long, full-size section of each type and finish aluminum member. 2. Section of glazing bead. 3. 61? -square sample of glass. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver, store and handle materials in such a manner as to prevent damage or deterioration of materials. 08400-1 1.07 COORDINATION: Examine substrate and conditions under which aluminum work is to be installed and notify Contractor in writing of any detrimental conditions. Do not — proceed with work until conditions are acceptable to Installer. 1.08 GUARANTEE: Provide Owner a written guarantee, signed by General Contractor and Aluminum Storefront System Subcontractor that shall guarantee completed system to be free of leaks and defects in material and workmanship for a period of 1 year after acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. 2" x 4-1/2" Aluminum Framing Members: Flush glazing system, as detailed, extruded of aluminum alloy 6063-T5, equal to Kawneer Tri -Fab 451 for 1/4" to 1" glazing. All perimeter framing shall be closed back. Provide accessory sections as shown on drawings or required to install operable sash. B. Steel Reinforcing: As recommended by manufacturer to meet structural design. C. Aluminum Trim: Miscellaneous extruded and formed aluminum components, including trim, sill and jamb closures, shall match alloy and finish of adjacent framing members. Provide in thickness, size and shape detailed. Provide aluminum sill flashing members at aluminum sills. D. Fasteners: Aluminum, stainless steel or non -corrosive fasteners compatible with framing system. E. Anchoring Devices: Provide plates, angles, spacers, clips and other devices necessary to support aluminum framing. Provide 8" x 1/8" tapping plate reinforcing at hinges. F. Glazing Gaskets: Extruded vinyl glazing gaskets as detailed. G. 1" Insulating Glass: As specified in Section 08800. H. 1/4" Glass: As specified in Section 08800. J. Sealant: Dow Corning 795. K. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. L. Joint Backing: Closed -cell polyethylene. 2.02 ALUMINUM DOORS: A. General: "500" Tuffline Entrances as made by Kawneer Co., or equal; size as scheduled. B. Materials: Extruded Section 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. Door stiles.188" thickness, glazing molding .050" thickness. C. Construction: Door shall be 2" thick and vertical stiles shall be 5", top rail 5" and bottom rail 6-1/2". Dual moment welded corner construction. Snap -in type glazing tops with neoprene bulb -type glazing. No exposed screws allowed. Exterior stops lock -in, tamper -proof D. Weatherstripping: Single exterior pile cloth installed in door on three sides. Provide bottom pile sweep strip attached to door rail. E. Glass: As specified in Section 08800. 2.03 ALUMINUM PROJECTING WINDOWS: ORR A. General: Kawneer Series 6200T (Thermal) Sealair Architectural windows, Project -out P-C40/P-HC40. B. Material: Frames and glass channels of heavy type 6063-T5 aluminum extrusions. C. Finish: Natural anodized finish to match aluminum frames. D. Glass: Factory glazed with glass as scheduled on the Drawings. E. Hardware: Provide cam locking handles and four -bar hinges. F. Screens: Provide insect screens with aluminum frames, 18 x 16 mesh aluminum screen cloth and vinyl splines. 2.04 FINISHES: A. Natural Anodized Finish: NAAMM AA M21 C22A31, minimum thickness of 0.4 mils, natural aluminum color. Use this finish for all aluminum work. 2.05 FABRICATION: A. Form sections true to details with clean, straight, sharply -defined profiles, and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture, free from defects impairing strength or durability. B. Design members and connections to meet specified structural properties. C. Provide supplementary parts necessary to furnish a complete job. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications for the installation of aluminum frames and doors. B. Anchors and Bracing: Properly locate and fasten anchoring devices into structure. C. Dissimilar Materials: Isolate aluminum surfaces contacting steel or other ferrous metals using EC -1202 tape or zinc chromate paint. Isolate aluminum surfaces contacting concrete or masonry using asphalt mastic. Apply isolation materials to dissimilar surfaces. D. Erection: Install framing true -to -line, plumb, level, square and in proper planes, free from sags, waves, buckles or other objectionable defects. Connecting joints shall be even, hairline joints. Securely fasten anchoring devices and structural bracing. Exposed fasteners are prohibited, except where specifically detailed at trim items. Install aluminum trim, closures and covers as detailed. Set sill members and thresholds in full bed of sealant. End of Section 08400-3 SECTION 08700 — FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Perform all work required to complete the Finish Hardware installation indicated by the Contract Documents. Furnish all supplementary items necessary for proper installation. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Wood Frames and Millwork - Section 06220 Wood Doors - Section 08211 Aluminum Doors & Frames - Section 08400 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulatory Requirements: Finish hardware Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Civil Statutes. shall comply with requirements of Law 101-336), and the Texas Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Schedules: Submit detailed finish hardware schedule in accordance with Section 01340, for Architect's approval. Schedule shall be complete, including type, manufacturer's name and number, and finish of each item required. A complete schedule of keying shall also be furnished. Do not order or deliver finish hardware until Architect has approved schedules. B. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's data on each item of hardware, including maintenance and installation instructions.. C. Samples: If requested by Architect, submit sample of each type of finish hardware item used on project. If approved, samples maybe used on project. D. Templates: Furnish templates to other trades as required for fabrication of hollow metal door and frames, aluminum and glass doors, or other items related to hardware. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Package and deliver hardware items separately and mark each to correspond with numbers on hardware schedule. Include necessary instructions, templates, drawings and fasteners for proper installation. Include extra fasteners. B. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. C. Coordinate hardware with other work. Review approved Shop Drawings of related trades and verify that scheduled finish hardware is suitable for each related item of work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule. 08700-1 r 0 1.07 COORDINATION: A. Review approved Shop Drawings of related trades and verify that scheduled finish hardware is suitable for each related item of work. B. Deliver templates and finish hardware to aluminum and glass door suppliers for fitting and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Hand of Door: The drawings show the swing hand of each door leaf (left, right, reverse bevel, etc.). Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door swing as shown. B. Fasteners: Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware, which has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. C. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat- head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match the hardware of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. D. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units, which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent no standard -manufacturer units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. E. Elimination of Architectural Barriers: Door hardware shall comply with the applicable requirements of Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation, Elimination of Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes, and as follows: 1. Door Hardware: Handles, knobs, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the floor or ground surface and shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or severe twisting to operate. The force required to activate door hardware shall be no greater than five lbf. Preferred designs include but are not limited to lever -operated mechanisms, push -type mechanisms, and U- shaped handles. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Doors to hazardous areas such as loading platforms, boiler rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and to other areas that might be dangerous to a blind person, shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured surface on the door handle, knob, pull or other operating hardware. This textured surface may be made by knurling or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface. Such textured surfaces shall not be provided for emergency exit doors or any doors other than those to hazardous areas. 2. Door Closers: If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to an open position of approximately 12 degrees. 3. Door Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall comply with this paragraph. For hinged doors, the force shall 08700-2 be applied perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge. For sliding or folding doors, the force shall be applied parallel to the door at the door pull latch. Forces shall be as follows: a. Exterior hinged doors shall not exceed 8.5 lbf. Slight increases in opening force shall be allowed where 8.5 lbf is insufficient to compensate for air pressure differentials. b. Sliding doors, folding doors, and interior hinged doors shall not require a force exceeding five lbf. 4. Fire doors may be adjusted to meet the minimum opening force allowed by the governing authority or applicable building code. 2.02 KEYING: A. All locks shall be master keyed with existing masterkey system. B. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock. C. Hardware supplier shall consult with Architect and Owner's Representative and secure written approval of the complete keying layout prior to placing lock order with factory. D. After installation of all hardware and before acceptance of the building, hardware supplier shall check each locked door against key code index to make certain that correct locks and cylinders are on proper doors. On any incorrectly located cylinder, he shall tag and have general contractor relocate to proper position. E. Hardware Schedule: (See Attached). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount hardware units at heights recommended in "Recommended Location for Builders' Hardware" by BHMA, except as otherwise specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by the Architect. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, re -install each item. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units, which are not factory -prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.02 FINAL ADJUSTMENT: A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control 08700-3 devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Furnish each door leaf with hardware items scheduled. If a door is shown on the Drawings and not included in hardware schedule then Contractor shall provide ,., comparable hardware as doors at similar locations or functions, at no additional cost. Heading No. 1 Sgl. Dr. #1 @ Stairwell 102 & Sgl. Dr. #4 @ Corridor 104 Each to have: 1.5 pr Hinges BB 1279 4 Y2 x 4 %2 x Us26D Hager 1 Pull plate 70C x 107 Us32D Rockwood 1 Push plate 70C Us32D Rockwood 1 Closer 4041 AL LCN 1 Kickplate K105010" x DW -2" Us32D Rockwood 1 Wall stop 409 Us32D Rockwood 3 Silencers Rockwood Heading No. 2 Sgl. Dr. #2 @ Exterior Each to have: End of Section '""' 08700-4 Hinges, continuous 780-224 CL Hager 1 Exit device S3808 x SL08 x Us26D Arrow 1 Cylinder Sargent 1 Closer 4041 Cush AL LCN 1 Threshold 196A, 228A, 191A & 196A Pemko 1 Door bottom by door supplier 1 set Weatherstrip by door supplier Heading_No. 3 Bifold Dr. #3 @ Storage 202 Each to have: .,, 1 set Bifold hardware 9871 Hager 2 Pull knobs 9558 Hager End of Section '""' 08700-4 SECTION 08800 — GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Perform all work required to complete the Glass and Glazing indicated by the Contract Documents. Furnish all material and supplementary items necessary for the proper installation. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Aluminum Frames and Doors - Section 08400 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. B. Samples: Submit samples, 12" square, of each type of glass, if requested by Architect. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards 1. Flat Glass Marketing Assoc. (FGMA): Glazing Manual, 1974 Edition. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI Z97.1-1. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16 CRF 1201, as established by Consumer Product Safety Commission. 2. Regulatory Requirements: Glass and glazing shall comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101- 336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver glass with manufacturer's labels intact. Do not remove labels until glass has been installed. B. Keep glass free from contamination by materials capable of staining glass. C. Deliver compounds in manufacturer's unopened, labeled containers. 1.07 WARRANTY: Provide 10 year warranty that insulating glass units will be free from material obstruction of vision as a result of dust or film formation on the internal glass surfaces caused by failure of the hermetic seal. Replace defective units at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS MATERIALS: A. Clear Glass: 1/4" clear float glass by ASG, LOF or PPG. Provide tempered glass where scheduled. B. Wire Glass: 1/4" thick, clear polished wire glass, tested and listed U.L. as to "Fire Resistance". Wire pattern as selected by Architect. C. Tinted Glass: 1/4" thick, bronze or gray glass, by ASG, LOF or PPG. Tint as selected by Architect. Provide tempered glass where scheduled. D. 1" Tinted Insulating Glass: Two 1/4" thick float glass pieces separated by 1/2" air space banded or unbanded equal to PPG Twindow. Outside light bronze or gray tint as selected by Architect. Provide tempered glass where scheduled. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70-90 shore "A" durometer hardness. B. Spacers: Neoprene, 40-50 shore "A" durometer hardness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Check that glazing channels and glass are free of imperfections or damage that would prevent proper installation of glass. B. Carefully measure glass openings and provide minimum required tolerances and clearances. C. Clean sash and glass surfaces free of foreign matter. D. Perform glazing only when temperature is above 50 deg. F. 3.02 GLAZING: A. Install in accordance with applicable procedures recommended by glazing manufacturer, FGMA Glazing Manual, and in accordance with requirements of 16 CFR 1201. B. Set and block glass to provide equal margins at perimeter, with glass not in contact with frames. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Remove labels from glass. ,,. B. Thoroughly wash and polish both faces of glass. C. Remove debris from site. 3.04 PROTECTION: A. Replace broken, scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged glass. B. Attach crossed streamers away from glass face. End of Section 08800- 2 SECTION 09500 — ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide lay -in type suspended acoustical ceilings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the . General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Building Insulation - Section 07210 A/C Diffusers and Grilles - Division 15 - Mechanical Light Fixtures - Division 16 - Electrical 1:04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Indicate materials and construction of systems and locate suspension grid members and show their relationship with walls, partitions, fiur downs, light fixtures, grilles, diffusers. Include manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of acoustical system component. Include details of light fixture and duct penetrations at ceilings required to have fire endurance ratings. B. Samples: Submit full size samples of each acoustical board and suspension system for Architect's approval. C. Maintenance Instructions: Submit manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning each type of acoustic material. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualifications of Installer: Subcontract the acoustical ceiling and related work to an experienced installer acceptable to the manufacturer of primary acoustical materials, as shown by current written statement from manufacturer. 1.06 COORDINATION: Coordinate installation with other trades and make provisions for their work to prevent cutting and patching. 1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials in factory packages with factory labels attached indicating brand, pattern, size and fire rating as applicable. Store acoustical materials at normal room temperature in a protected enclosure having a stabilized moisture content. Comply with manufacturer's storage recommendations. 1.08 WARRANTY: A. Furnish written warranty that the work under this division shall be free from defects of materials and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance. B. The following shall be adjudged as defective work: loosening, buckling, undue shrinkage, warping, sagging, cracking, settling, chipping, spotting or loss of acoustical properties of materials. 09500-1 F" 1.09 EXTRA STOCK: At completion of project, furnish Owner with one full -unopened carton of each type of acoustical board/tile material. Extra stock tile shall not be used by Contractor for warranty work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -� 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Acoustical Ceiling Board Type I (Control Room 101): Wet formed mineral fiber equal to Armstrong World Industries Cirrus. Finish: Factory -applied vinyl latex paint Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.65 or more Light Reflectance: 0.83 or more Size: 24" x 24" x 7/8", Lay -in, Tegular edge Board .Color: Standard white Suspension System: Exposed 9/16" suprafine " Suspension System Finish: Low gloss white Structural Properties: Lay -in panels shall be capable of supporting 3/4 lb./sq. ft. of batt insulation with no visible sagging of panels B. Acoustical Ceiling Board Type II (Lab 201): Ceramic and mineral fiber composite equal to Armstrong World Industries Fine Fissured Ceramaguard. Finish: Scrubbable factory -applied vinyl plastic paint Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.55 or more Light Reflectance: 0.80 or more Size: 24" x 24" x 5/8", Lay -in, Square edge Board Color: Standard white Suspension System: Exposed 15/16" AL Prelude Plus XL �. Suspension System Finish: Low gloss white Structural Properties: Lay -in panels shall be capable of supporting 3/4 lb./sq .ft. of batt insulation with no visible sagging of panels C. Hanger Wire: Minimum 12 ga., galvanized, soft -annealed, mild steel wire. D. Attachment Devices: Where hanger wires cannot be directly wire -tied to framing members, provide attachment devices designed for type of construction used in M„ the work, with a carrying capacity not less than 5 times design loads involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. In areas to receive acoustical materials, maintain relative humidity at not more than 70% and temperature between 60 deg. F. - 75 deg. F., 24 hours before, during, and after installation. B. Examine areas for conditions .that would affect quality and execution of work and report discrepancies. "" 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL: A. Install suspension systems in accordance with ASTM C636. B. Minimum width of border tile of board allowed: one-half unit width. 09500-2 3.03 INSTALLATION - EXPOSED GRID SYSTEM: A. Space main tees at 48" o.c., unless otherwise noted, suspend from structure with hanger wire spaced at 48" o.c. Install additional hanger wires at 6" from ends of each suspension member and at corners of light fixtures, and other items supported by ceiling suspension system. B. Space cross tees at 24" o.c., connect to main tees. Rest main and cross tees on wall moldings. C. Rigidly brace entire system in both directions, leave bottom surface of members flush and level. D. Do not install ceiling boards until all mechanical and electrical systems in attic have been inspected by Architect. Install ceiling board according to manufacturer's recommendations and in level plane bearing on suspension members. Neatly cut out board around items installed by other trades. After all attic insulation is completed, leave one grid space per room open for attic inspection. Install tile in open grid space when approved by Architect. E. Provide spring hold down clips for each board in system in vestibules and within 10 feet in all directions of exterior doors and elsewhere as noted. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: Replace damaged members of exposed suspension system. Replace ceiling and wallboard that is damaged, installed improperly, or shows visible sign of sagging. Clean soiled areas of ceiling material and exposed suspension system; comply with manufacturer's instruction. Replace ceiling units and members, which are damaged or cannot be cleaned. 3.05 PROTECTION: Advise Contractor of proper procedures for protection of acoustical ceilings from damage or deterioration. End of Section 09500-3 SECTION 09650 — RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide vinyl base. NOTE: Coved vinyl base shall be installed after finish is completed. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Access flooring — Section 10270 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of material and accessories. B. Maintenance Instructions: Submit copies of manufacturer's written for recommended maintenance practices for each type of materials and accessories. C. Samples: Submit samples of base materials to Architect for approval and selection of color. Do not order or deliver materials until after Architect's selection and approval. Materials delivered to project shall match approved samples. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials in unbroken factory containers and store in cool, dry place. Each container shall bear manufacturer's name, pattern number, and lot number. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: Examine the areas and conditions -under which resilient flooring and accessories are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.07 GUARANTEE: Provide Owner a written guarantee that shall guarantee completed installation to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after final acceptance. Guarantee shall provide for replacement of defective work at no cost to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Materials shall be uniform in thickness and size. B. Edges cut accurately and square. C. Base materials shall be as long lengths as practical to suit conditions of installation. 09650-1 2.02 BASE MATERIALS: A. Vinyl Base: Vinyl (or rubber) cove base as scheduled in 50/100 ft. rolls, 4"/6" x 1/8" gauge, F.S. SS -W -40a-74, Type II. Provide mitered internal corners. Color as selected. 2.03 APPLICATION MATERIALS: A. Base Adhesive: Acrylic polymer type adhesive, equal to Chapco 400, unless otherwise recommended by base manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION: A. Prior to installation of base material, remove dirt, oil, grease and other foreign matter from surfaces. B. Inspect surfaces for holes, cracks and other abrasions, and fill with leveling compound. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL: Install base after finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and permanent heating system is operating. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BASE: A. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, millwork, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. B. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular surfaces, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. C. Cement base to wall using recommended adhesive, straight with tight butt joints. D. Form in and out corner angles tightly and neatly. E. Scribe base accurately to door and cabinet trim. End of Section 09650-2 SECTION 09900 — PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide complete painting and finishing of new or renovated surfaces where indicated or required throughout interior and exterior of building. B. Examine specifications for various other trades and their provisions regarding their painting. Surfaces that are left unfinished by other sections of specifications shall be painted or finished as a part of this section. C. Copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, Monel metal, lead, and lead coated copper shall not be painted or finished except as otherwise specified or scheduled. D. Other surfaces not to be painted, unless otherwise noted, include face brick; synthetic plaster, pre -finished wall, ceiling, and floor coverings; items with factory applied final finish; chases; and plenums above suspended ceilings, except K as noted otherwise. 1.02 DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of . the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Caulking and Sealants - Section 07900 Vinyl Wall Covering - Section 09952 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Product Labels: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, stock number, color and label analysis on label of containers. B. Field Quality Control: Apply each type of finish required on a representative area or room for approval of color, texture, quality and workmanship. After approval, these applications shall serve as standard of quality for entire project. 1.05 SAMPLES AND COLORS: A. Colors, including deep tones, will be selected by Architect. Number of colors to .�, be used on job will be determined by Architect. B. Prepare two 12" x 12" samples of each color and sheen selected, on properly prepared paint -out cards or hardboard. Approved samples shall remain at project -* site. C. Submit paint schedule in accordance with submittal requirements of Section 01340. List each surface and its proposed paint products and systems. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Comply with provisions of Section 01630. B. Submit substitute paint schedule listing each surface and its proposed products. C. Submit complete supporting data, specifications, and identifying numbers of each proposed product. D. Do not order or deliver materials until Architect's approval is obtained. 09900 - 1 1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact. B. Store materials and equipment in a single lockable area of project site. Provide adequate means to protect floors and adjacent surfaces of this area from damage. C. Store clean rags, paint, and solvents in closed metal containers located in designated area. Dispose of soiled rags daily. D. Comply with applicable health and fire regulations. 1.08 SCAFFOLDS AND PROTECTION: A. Provide adequate safe ladders, scaffolds, and stages necessary to complete work. B. Protect completed finish and painted work, and protect adjacent finish surfaces from paint splatter, spills and stains. Use adequate drop cloths and masking procedures during progress of work. 1.09 EXTRA PAINT: Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner one (1) gallon of each type and color of paint used. 1.10 GUARANTEE: This Contractor shall guarantee all work performed under this contract for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance. Cracking, peeling and scaling of paint shall be judged as defective work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Products specified in Schedule of Painting are as manufactured by ICI, unless otherwise indicated; equivalent products of Pratt and Lambert, Pittsburgh Paints, Coronado, Sherwin-Williams, DeVoe, Benjamin Moore and Kelly -Moore may be furnished in lieu of those listed, provided that they are of equal type and quality. B. Materials selected for coating systems shall be products of a single manufacturer unless otherwise specified. C. Secondary products such as linseed oil, turpentine and shellacs shall be first line quality products of a reputable manufacturer. D. Lead Free Paint: All paint specified for use under this section shall be lead free and mercury free and shall be in full compliance with Federal Hazardous Substances Act. E. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits for paint and coating materials shall comply with requirements of governing regulatory agency. 2.02 MIXING AND TINTING: A. Accomplish job site tinting and mixing only when approved by Architect. Use tinting colors recommended by paint manufacturer for specific type of finish. B. Thin paints only when specifically allowed by manufacturer: do not exceed thinning directions. 09900 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint and finish for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence, or quality of finish work, and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through normal preparatory work. B. Notify Architect in writing of such unacceptable conditions. .,, C. Do not proceed with surface preparation or coating applications until conditions are suitable. D. Application of paint or finish to surfaces shall constitute acceptance of that surface. 3.02 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: A. The intent of these specifications is to produce highest quality appearance of paint and finish surfaces. Employ skilled mechanics only. B. Do not apply exterior paint while surface is damp, or during cold, rainy, or frosty �* weather, or when temperature is below 50 deg. F.. Avoid painting surfaces exposed to hot sun. C. Floors and adjacent surfaces, as well as surfaces to be painted, shall be clean 77 before painting. D. Finish tops, bottoms, and edges of doors same as balance of doors after they are fitted. Seal top, bottom, opening and hardware recesses immediately after hanging doors. E. Clean surfaces free of foreign matter before applying paint or finishes. F. Maintain ambient temperature in building of not less than 60 deg. F. for 24 hours prior to and minimum of 24 hours after interior painting. G. Do not paint masonry surfaces with a moisture content exceeding 12%. H. Provide a minimum of 20 foot candles illumination for surfaces to be painted or finished. J. Apply materials with adequate ventilation; maintain ventilation in occupied K. rooms. Concrete sub -floors at access floor systems shall be protected and shall be clean upon completion of painting and finishing work. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES. A. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy spots with 2 lb. cut shellac priming. B. Fill nail holes, cracks, open joints, and other defects with putty after first coat. Color to match finish. C. Sand woodwork smooth and clean surface before finishing. D. Sand enamel or varnish finish on wood between coats using a fine sandpaper to produce an even, smooth finish. Thoroughly clean surfaces. E. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove dirt, oil, or grease before applying primer. Remove rust or scale by wire brushing or sanding clean before painting. Clean marred shop coats and touch-up with primer. F. Pre -treat galvanized metal surfaces with a crystalline zinc phosphate treatment such as Lithoform, by American Chemical Paint Co., Ambler, Pa., or Galvaprep #5, by Neilson Chemical Co., Detroit, Mich. No 09900 - 3 G. Fill scratches, cracks, and abrasions in drywall with a spackling compound flush with adjoining surface. When dry, sand smooth and seal before application of priming coat. H. Fill and sand metal door frames as required to provide a smooth surface before finishing. Touch-up factory prime coat before applying first coat. J. Touch-up shop coats on metal surfaces before applying finish. K. All gypsum board or plaster surfaces to receive vinyl wall fabric shall be primed and sealed before application of adhesive. Primer shall be shellac unless otherwise recommended by adhesive manufacturer. L. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film. M. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. 3.04 APPLICATION: A. Final coat of paint shall have visual evidence of solid hiding and uniform appearance, and shall be smooth, free of brush marks, streaks, sags, runs, laps, or skipped areas. B. Apply paint, stain, and varnish with suitable brushes, or rollers, as recommended by manufacturer. Spray application will be allowed only upon written approval of the Architect. C. Allow previous coats to thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. D. Edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors shall be sharp and clean with no overlapping. E. Sand and dust between each coat as required to remove visual defects. F. Adjust transparent (natural) finishes to obtain matching appearance between doors and casework. G. Each coat of paint applied shall be inspected by Architect before application of succeeding specified coats. Only inspected coats of paint will be considered in determining number of coats. Provide Architect a report of each coat applied when completed for inspection to comply with above. Architect reserves right to make revisions within color range of paint prior to -final coat, at no additional cost. H. Apply each coat of paint uniformly to minimum wet film (MWF) thickness specified in Schedule, or as recommended by manufacturer. Where shown provide minimum dry film (MDF) thickness shown in schedule. Additional coats shall be applied if required to produce full coverage. 3.05 CLEANING AND PATCHING: A. Upon completion of work, remove paint and varnish spots from floor, glass, and other finished surfaces. Remove from premises rubbish and accumulated materials. Leave work in clean, orderly, and acceptable conditions. B. Spot painting will be allowed to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces only when touch-up spot will blend into surrounding finish and is invisible to normal viewing. Otherwise, re -coat entire section to corners or visible stopping point. 3.06 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING: EXTERIOR METAL 100% ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS FINISH (PRIMED OR UNPRIMED) First: ICI DULUX 4020 DEVFLEX Flat Primer Second: ICI DULUX 2406 DECRA-SHIELD Semi -Gloss Finish 1•'11 a..m Third: ICI DULUX 2406 DECRA-SHIELD Semi -Gloss Finish NOTE: First coat not required on items delivered with shop coat applied. Use this finish on all exterior ferrous metal including exposed structural steel. EXTERIOR GALVANIZED METAL W, First: ICI DULUX 4120 DEVGUARD All Purpose Metal and Galvanized Metal Primer Second: ICI DULUX 2406 DECRA-SHIELD Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish Third: Same as second coat First: ICI DULUX 4160 DEVGUARD Multi -Purpose Tank and Structural Primer Second: ICI DULUX 2406 DECRA-SHIELD Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish Third: Same as second coat INTERIOR METAL - 100/o ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL FINISH First Coat: ICI DULUX 4120 DEVGUARD All Purpose Metal and Galvanized Metal Primer Second Coat: ICI DULUX 1416 ULTRA -HIDE Later Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel Third Coat: Same As Second Coat NOTE: Use this finish for all interior exposed ferrous metal exposed except where other finishes are required. First coat not required on items delivered with prime coat. INTERIOR WOODWORK - PAINTED (ENAMEL) FINISH First Coat: ICI DULUX 1120 ULTRA -HIDE Oil/Alkyd Interior Wood Undercoater Second Coat: ICI DULUX 1416 ULTRA -HIDE Latex Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel �. Third Coat: Same As Second Coat NOTE: Use this finish for all white pine and trim, millwork, etc., noted to have painted finish. INTERIOR PLASTER, DRYWALL & CMU CONSTRUCTION (to be repainted) — 100% ACRYLIC EGGSHELL FINISH First Coat: ICI DULUX 1412ULTRA-HIDE Eggshell Wall & Trim Enamel Second Coat: Same as First Coat NOTE: Use this finish at all repainted walls. Before proceeding with the above specifications on plaster or drywall, provide over the surface a uniform texture as approved by the Architect before painting. INTERIOR WOODWORK - NATURAL FINISH TO REMAIN - REMODEL WORK First: Strip existing finish. Second: Sand surface smooth. Third: ICI 1700 WOODPRIDE Interior Oil Wood Finishing Stain Fourth: ICI 1908 WOODPRIDE Interior Polyurethane Gloss Varnish '°. Fifth: ICI 1902 WOODPRIDE Interior Polyurethane Satin Varnish. PM 09900 5 NOTE: Use this finish for all existing natural finish trim, doors, millwork, etc. in remodeled areas. End of Section 1••11 • im- W SECTION 09952 — VINYL WALL COVERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Perform all work required to complete field applied vinyl wall covering installations indicated on the Drawings. Furnish all supplementary items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Painting and Finishing - Section 09900 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer's Data: Vinyl Wall Covering: Submit copies of each manufacturer's material specifications and installation instructions for each type of vinyl wall covering and accessories in accordance with Section 01340. B. Samples: Vinyl Wall Covering: If requested, submit 3, 12" square samples of each type of vinyl wall covering in accordance with Section 01340. Include finished materials as required. Architect's review of samples will be for design, color, texture and pattern only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. C. Maintenance Instructions: Vinyl Wall Covering: Submit copies of the vinyl wall covering manufacturer's printed instructions for maintenance of the installed work in accordance with Section 01340. Include name of manufacturer, material brand name, color and texture designation, and precautions for the use of cleaning materials and methods which could damage the wall covering. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as herein specified. B. Deliver materials to the project site in original packages or containers clearly labeled to identify manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade, and fire hazard classification. C. Store materials in original undamaged packages or containers. Do not store vinyl wall covering in an upright position. Maintain temperature in storage area above 40 degrees F., and not less than 65 degrees F., for at least 24 hours before installation. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: Maintain a constant minimum temperature of 70 degrees F. measured at the floor in areas of installation for at least 48 hours before, during and 48 hours after the application of materials. 09952-1 1.07 EXTRA STOCK REMNANTS: Package and leave with Owner all usable overage and remnants of vinyl wall fabric, 4 square feet and larger. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: Comply with FS CCC -W-408 for the type and class required, and as herein specified. Provide Class 2 mildew -resistant backing unless otherwise specified. Comply with the requirements of ASTM D 1308 for determining stain resistance. 2.02 FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: Provide materials bearing the UL label and marking, indicating the fire hazard classification of the wall covering as determined by ASTM E84-81. Provide materials complying with the following fire hazard classifications: Flame spread not more than 25. Fuel contributed not more than 15. Smoke developed not more than 25. 2.03 MEDIUM DUTY VINYL WALL COVERING: Type II, total weight not less than 17 oz. per sq. yd. with minimum vinyl coating (less fabric) 13 oz. per sq. yd. Use this material for all job applied vinyl wall covering. For bidding purposes color and pattern on texture shall be equal to Koroseal Adobe 5026. Final selection shall be made by the Architect from manufacturer's standards. 2.04 ADHESIVE: Manufacturer's recommended adhesive, primer and sealer, manufactured expressly for use with the selected vinyl wall covering. Provide materials which are mildew -resistant and nonstaining to the wall covering. Provide manufacturers certification that recommended adhesive will permit removal of vinyl wall covering from gypsum dry wall surfaces without damage to paper facing. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which vinyl wall covering is to be installed. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Install specified materials only when normal temperature and humidity conditions approximate the interior conditions that will exist when the building is occupied. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Remove vinyl wall covering materials from its packaging and allow to acclimatize to the area of installation 24 hours before application. B. Prepare existing wall by sanding and skim coating if necessary, then prime and seal substrates in accordance with the vinyl wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for the type of substrate material to be covered. 09952-2 r- 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Place wall covering panels consecutively in the order they are cut from rolls, including filling of spaces above or below openings as required. Hang by reversing alternate strips except on match patterns. B. Apply adhesive to back of wall covering and place in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Install seams vertically and plumb, and at least 6" away from any comer; horizontal seams will not be permitted. Place wall covering continuously over internal and external corners. Overlap seams and double -cut to assure tight closure. Roll, brush, or use a broad knife to remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters and other defects. C. Remove switchplates, wall plates, and surface -mounted fixtures, and cut wall covering evenly to the edges of the outlet box or support. D. Trim selvages as required to assure color uniformity and pattern match at seams. E. Remove excess adhesive along finished seams using warm water and a clean sponge, and wipe dry. F. Install vinyl wall covering with an intimate substrate bond, smooth, clean, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. G. At control joints fabric shall be cut and tucked into drywall control joints to completely cover exposed metal. End of Section I 09952-3 SECTION 10270 — ACCESS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide access floor system consisting of an assembly of modular panels supported by adjustable pedestals and stringers. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. Access floor system shall consist of interchangeable square panels selected to meet specific load requirements. Panels shall be supported by adjustable pedestal assemblies which positively locate, engage and secure panels and which accommodate horizontal grid members. B. The installed floor system shall have a maximum electrical resistance of ten ohms when measured from the top of the panels, less surface covering, to the pedestal base. C. Finished floor height of the system above the sub -floor shall be as shown on the Drawings. D. The floor panels exclusive of covering shall have a Class A flame spread when tested in accordance with ASTM E84-80 and NFPA number 255, and shall be fabricated completely of non-combustible materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Approved by manufacturer of access floor materials and assemblies. 2. Provide list of at least three other access floor installations of equal scope to this project. B. Test Methods: 1. Test methods for concentrated, ultimate, rolling, overturning moment, and axial loads shall be in accordance with the "Recommended Test Procedures for Access Floors" as published by CISCA, the Ceilings and Interiors Systems Construction Association. 2. Test Method for Impact Load: Panel without floor covering shall be supported on actual understructure. An impact load is applied to the panel via a one square inch indentor, which is struck by a predetermined load dropped from a height of 36". The panel shall be loaded at its weakest point, which is determined by an independent test lab. 3. Test Method for Electrical Resistance: The electrical resistance of the access floor system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 99. The test is modified for access floors where one electrode is placed on the floor surface covering and the other electrode is attached to the understructure. 10270-1 C. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Floor panel shall be individually interchangeable and removable. 2. Finish Floor: Level within plus or minus 0.060 in. in 10 ft. and plus or minus 0.10 in. over the entire floor, and rigid and free of vibration and P" rocking panels. D. Regulatory Requirements: Completed installation of access flooring and related accessories shall comply in all respects with requirements of Americans with .,. Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: 1. The access floor manufacturer shall submit a floor panel, understructure components and samples of floor covering to demonstrate material quality and assist in color selection. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit drawings indicating floor panel layout including railings and step location. 2. Arrangement of components, anchoring and edge details, and interfaces with other constructions shall be provided. 3. Manufacturers printed installation instructions. C. Certificates: 1. - Manufacturer's certificates: Certification of specified designed strengths as tested by testing organization. D. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01340. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Access floor system shall be Atlantic Series as manufactured by InterfaceAR Alternative products shall meet or exceed design criteria. 2.02 MATERIAL: A. Floor Panels: 1. Cementitious filled panels fabricated with full hard, steel top sheet and die formed steel bottom pan joined together by resistance welding to form an .� enclosed assembly and protected against corrosion by manufacturer's factory applied powder epoxy paint finish. B. Understructure System: The understructure system to be supplied shall be: Basketweave Bolted Grid for an 11" finished floor height. 1. Pedestal Assembly: a_ A 3" to 24" FFH assembly shall provide an 7500 lb. Axial load without permanent deformation. b. Assembly shall provide 2" total adjustment for finished floor heights of 6" and above without requiring rotation of the pedestal head. '""" 10270-2 C. Provide a means of leveling and locking the assembly at selected height, which requires deliberate action to change height setting and which prevents vibrating displacement. d. Floor panels shall be gravity lay type. 2. Pedestal Bases: Fabricated of a square base with not less than 16 square inches of bearing area and assembled to a stud or tube, which is designed to engage the pedestal head assembly; secure to subfloor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Pedestal Heads: Fabricated of a head plate with a corresponding stud or tube, which is designed to engage the pedestal base assembly. The head must be the proper type to locate the floor panel or to receive a stringer system. When specified, the head shall provide a means to fasten the floor panel or stringer directly to the head. 4. Stringer System: Stringer system shall be all steel construction, designed and fabricated to interlock with pedestal head and to form a modular grid pattern with members under edges of all field floor panels. Stringer to be bolted to the pedestal head. C. System Performance: 1. Concentrated Load Performance: Panels shall be capable of supporting a concentrated load of 1,250 lbs. placed on a one square inch area at any location on the panel with a maximum top surface deflection under load and a permanent set not to exceed, respectively, 0.10 and 0.010 inches. 2. Uniform Load Performance: Panels shall be capable of supporting a uniform load of 3001bs. placed on a one square foot area. 3. Ultimate Load Performance: The ultimate strength of the floor system shall provide a loading capacity of 3,850 lbs. without failure. Failure is defined as the point at which the panel will no longer accept the load. 4. Rolling Load Performance: Floor system to withstand CISCA/AF wheel 1 and wheel 2 rolling loads of, respectively, 600 lbs. and 800 lbs. with a combination of local and overall deformation not to exceed 0.040 inches. Local and overall surface deformation shall_ not exceed 0.040 inches. 5. Impact Load Performance: Panels and supporting understructure shall withstand without failure an impact load anywhere on the panel of 1501bs. dropped from a height of 36 inches onto a one square inch area. Failure is defined as the point at which the panel will no longer accept any further load. D. Floor Surface Covering: 1. Finish the surface of floor panels with floor covering material herein specified. Where floor coverings are by the access floor manufacturer, the type, color and pattern to be selected from manufacturer's standards. Floor finish shall be 1/16" high-pressure laminate, color and pattern as selected by Architect. 2. Panel Edge: Vinyl edge trim for (HPL tile, one piece vinyl tile or textured loop carpet) coverings shall be captured under the edge of the floor covering and bonded to the panel surface. E. Accessories: 1. Service outlets to be provided in locations and as detailed on the contract drawings, or as directed by Owner. Outlets to accommodate power, communications and data wiring. Allow for fifteen (15) such outlets on this project. 10270-3 2. Air Flow Panels: Panels shall be all steel welded construction with a 25% open-air perforated top sheet and shall be supplied without an adjustable damper assembly. Panels shall be capable of supporting a design load of 1500 lbs. on one square inch anywhere on the panel. Permanent set under this design load shall not exceed 0.010 inches. Refer to drawings for number and location of air flow panels. Panels without an adjustable damper assembly shall provide 800 CFM at a static pressure of 0.1" H20- 3. Provide manufacturer's standard steps, handrails, closure plates, plenum dividers, access holes in locations and as detailed on the contract drawings or as required for the complete installation. 4. Provide 5 spare floor panels and 25 square feet of understructure systems for each type used in the project for maintenance stock. Deliver to project in manufacturer's standard packages clearly marked with contents. 5. Provide 2 panel -lifting devices PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 QUALIFICATION: Floor system and accessories to be installed by the manufacturer's authorized representative to maintain the integrity of the product and acceptable performance of the completed installation. 3.02 INSPECTION: A. Inspect the building to insure it is closed to the weather with the building environment controlled within 400 to 90OF and 20% to 70% relative humidity 24 hours a day before starting installation, during and after installation. B. Examine subfloor for unevenness, irregularities and dampness that would affect the quality and execution of the work. C. Do not proceed with installation until subfloor surfaces are clean, dry, clear of other trades and ready to receive access flooring. 3.03 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION: 1. The access floor to be prepared and installed in accordance with the access floor manufacturer's instructions covering preparation, layout, alignment and installation. 2. Installed access floor shall be level within plus or minus 0.060 inches in 10 feet, and plus or minus 0.10 inches over the entire area. Floor to be rigid and free of rocking panels. 3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN: 1. Remove access floor installation debris as work progresses, maintaining area under finished floor in a clean condition. 2. The general contractor shall protect the finished access floor from damage and misuse. End of Section �"" 10270-4 SECTION 10500 — LAMINATE COVERED WOOD LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide laminate covered wood lockers. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Vinyl Base — Section 09650 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Indicate materials, construction, sizes, layout, finishes and installation details. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Lockers shall comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336) and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. - 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver lockers in factory containers in a manner to prevent damage. Store in dry, protected area, off ground. 1.07 WARRANTY: All wood parts shall be structurally sound and free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three (3) years from date of delivery. Hinges: Lifetime warranty by manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER: Provide custom wood lockers as manufactured by: Classic Woodworking, Inc. 10385 SW Avery Street Tualatin, OR 97062 Phone: 800/322-2267 Fax: 503/692-7070 2.02 TYPES: Furnish six (6) double tier lockers for a total of twelve (12) openings. Each opening shall be 36" x 21" x 12" wide 2.03 MATERIALS: A. LOCKER INTERIOR 1. Interior and shelves constructed of 1/2" stain resistant, high impact, high density, acrylic coated, electron beam cured KorTron of Champagne color. 2. Locker frames: All exposed edges of locker frame are reinforced with 3/4" x 7/8" solid hardwood, tongue and grooved and hot -glued to edge, which 10500-1 ii ii provides solid lumber for hinge screws and locks. Shelves are secured into sides with full-length dado, glued and stapled to prevent shearing of the shelf from undue pressure. 3. Hooks: Two dull chrome finished brass finished double prong coat hooks side -mounted on all openings 24" high or more. 4. Venting: 3/4" x 10 1/4" vent space at top and bottom behind door providing airflow. Champagne colored perforated vent screen attached to each shelf between doors for security. 5. Number plates: 1 1/2" aluminum disc with black numbers routed flush with the door surface. 6. Hinges: Heavy duty, lifetime guaranteed, dull chrome finished brass MICO steel hinges. Securely fastened to 3/4" solid hardwood face frame for superior strength and screw holding. Two (2) hinges for doors less than 36", three (3) hinges for doors 36" to 55", and four (4) hinges for doors over 55" tall. 7. Lock systems: CLASSIC'S exclusive single hole padlock hasp standard on all lockers. B. DOORS AND END PANELS: 1. Laminate: 11/16" industrial grade 45# core. 1/32" vertical grade high- pressure laminate on both sides. Door edges are radiused and protected by Butyrate T -Molding (Brown or Black as selected by Architect). Laminate color shall be as selected by Architect either from Wilsonart, Formica or Nevamar. 2.04 FABRICATION: A. Fabricate lockers using dado or rabbet at all framing joints and shelves. Dado- glue and staple system provides superior performance in strength and stability, squareness, rigidity and prevention of racking, twisting or warpage. Finished faces to be flat and free from scratches or chips. -- B. Machine attachment holes accurately attach fasteners as standard with manufacturer. C. Fabricate comers and fillers as required for installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install lockers at the location shown in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for a plumb, level, rigid and flush installation. B. Lockers to be installed on a 2"x4" base (full 4" high), supplied by Classic Woodworking, Inc., extending from the wall 2" less than the locker depth. Vinyl core base, 4" high shall be installed by the Contractor at entire perimeter of lockers. All hardware and complete instructions to be provided by manufacturer. C. Anchor units to wall through the locker back and to the base through the locker floor using minimum #8 2" pan head wood screws, brass finish. Lockers are joined side to side with brass finish T -nuts and bolts. There must be furring installed by contractor between any concrete walls and the lockers. P" 1 1 10500-2 D. Attach number plates and padlocks in sequence after lockers are in place. E. Replace any defective doors or other components as directed by the architect. End of Section 10500-3 W SECTION 10530 - PRE -FABRICATED METAL WALKWAY, STAIRWAYS, RAMP AND COVER ..f, PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide Pre -Engineered, pre -fabricated metal walkway, stairways, ramp and cover, including structural supports, columns, beams, flooring, skirting, railings, roof deck, trim, and related accessories and fasteners. It is recognized that the manufacturers are proprietary in nature and differ in concept, design, structure, methods of fabrication and erection. It is expected that the structure will be compatible with the drawings and collateral materials shown. -+ 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Caulking and Sealant — Section 07900 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings and erection drawings of all work to the Architect for approval. Manufacturing or fabricating of any material or the performing of any work prior to approval of shop drawings will be entirely at risk of Contractor. Submittal shall be in accordance with Section 01340. B. Engineering Analysis: With submittal of shop drawings furnish complete structural analysis showing that structure meets or exceeds design load criteria. Analysis shall be prepared by a Registered Professional Engineer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. AISC: All work shall be in accordance with the American Institute of Steel Construction Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, and the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. All light gauge cold -formed structural members and structural' panels shall be designed in accordance with "Light Gauge Cold -Formed Design Manual" as published by the American Iron and Steel Institute 1962. B. AWS: All shop and field welding shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society Requirements, except as modified by AISC Specifications. C. AISC: "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on _riveted and bolted structural joints of the Engineering Foundation. D. ASTM A6 "General Requirements for, Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." E. Design of the aluminum members shall conform to the current edition of the Aluminum Association Specifications for Aluminum Structures. F. Aluminum welding shall be in accordance with the ANSI/AWS D1.2-97 GMAW process and shall be performed by experienced operators. G. Building Code: Completed installation of pre -fabricated walkway, ramp and ..,, cover shall comply in all respects with requirements of the Uniform Building Code, 1997 edition. This shall include all superimposed loading from wind, 4" 10530-1 snow, hail and ice. H. Regulatory Requirements: Completed installation of pre -fabricated walkway, stairways, ramp and cover shall comply in all respects with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336), and the Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Material Storage: Protect structural members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. B. Do not store materials on the structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.07 DESIGN LOAD CRITERIA: A. Live Loads: 1. Roof Panels Beams and Columns: 30 psf uniformly distributed live load. B. Horizontal Wind Loads: 25 psf. 1.08 WALKWAY COVER WARRANTY: Manufacturer shall warrant its products to be free from defects and in material and workmanship for a period of one year beginning at the date of substantial completion. 1.09 WALKWAY WARRANTY: Manufacturer shall warrant its products to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years beginning at the date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED -PRE-ENGINEERED WALKWAY COVER AND STRUCTURE: A. Manufacturer: Mapes Industries, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska, Phone: 1/800-228- 2391, Fax: 1/800-737-6756. B. Materials: Decking, beams, posts and fascia shall be extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T6 in profile and thickness shown in current Mapes brochures. Sizes of all structural members and decking shall be as pre-engineered by the manufacturer in compliance with applicable codes. C. Finish: Standard factory clear anodized finish. D. Fabrication: 1. Support columns and gutter beams shall be designed such that the columns will be notched to create a "saddle" that will receive and secure the gutter beams. Number of columns and final location of columns shall be as determined by manufacturer in general accordance with layout provided on drawings. Manufacturer shall determine location and number of beams required. 2. Post and beams shall be mechanically assembled utilizing 3/16" fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 lb. Pre -welded or factory -welded connections are not acceptable. 3. Decking shall be designed with interlocking extruded members with mechanical fasteners field applied to provide structural integrity for the 10530-2 completed assembly. 4. Concealed drainage. Water shall drain from -covered surfaces into integral gutter beam and directed to ground level discharge via one or more designated support posts. E. Accessories and Fasteners: 1. Provide all required accessories and fasteners under this contract that are required for a complete installation. 2. Include all flashing indicated on drawing to attach walkway canopy to existing building. Finish of flashing shall match that of walkway cover. Provide suitable fasteners to anchor flashing to wall, and seal tight in a ,., waterproof manner. 2.02 PRE -FABRICATED -PRE-ENGINEERED LANDING, RAMP, STAIRWAYS RAILINGS AND STRUCTURE: Manufacturer: REDD Team Mfg., Inc., P.O. Box 658, Keystone Heights, Florida 32656. Toll free: 1/800-647-3696 or (352) 473-7246; fax (352) 473-0219 A. LANDINGS: 1. Engineering: Landings shall be designed for a uniform live load of 100 pounds per square foot and a concentrated vertical load of 300 pounds distributed uniformly over an area of 1 square foot. 2. Materials: Landings shall be all aluminum construction alloy 6061-T6 & 6063-T6. 3. Design: The walking surface of the landing shall be continuous, without gaps, and shall be 1 1/2 inch x 6 inch or 1 1/2 inch x 8 inch self -mating aluminum deck with extruded slip resistant surface. Minimum walking surface coefficient of friction shall be 0.93 as determined by an independent testing facility. B. LEGS: 1. Engineering: The legs shall be designed to support the stair and landing sections. 2. Materials: (a) Legs shall be all aluminum construction alloy 6061-T6 and 6063- T6. (b) All bolt hardware shall be stainless steel (18-8 Series). 3. Design: (a) The legs shall telescope into the landings to allow for various height adjustments. (b) Legs shall be pre -fabricated as required. (c) All legs shall be thru bolted using stainless steel bolts grade 304. (d) All legs shall have 1/4" x 6" x 10" pads. C. LANDING RAILS: 1. Engineering: (a) Rails shall be designed to resist a concentrated load of 200 pounds applied at any point and in any direction at the top of the rail. (b) Rails shall be designed to resist a simultaneous load of 50 pounds per linear foot applied horizontally and 100 pounds per linear. foot applied vertically downward at the top of the rail. (c) Rails shall be designed to resist a 200 pound concentrated horizontal load applied evenly over a one -foot square area at any point in the system. (Note: Loads given in section "a", "b", and om 10530-3 "c" shall not be applied simultaneously in any combination.) D. FINISHING: 1. Landing rails shall be: Clear Satin anodized— AA M10 C22 A31 E. RAMP SECTIONS: 1. Engineering: Ramp sections shall be designed for a minimum uniform live load of 100 pounds per square foot and a concentrated vertical load of 300 pounds distributed uniformly over an area of 1 square foot. 2. Materials: Ramp sections shall be all aluminum construction alloy 6063- T6. 3. Design: (a) Ramp sections shall be pre -fabricated in custom length as shown on drawings. (b) Ramp walking surface width shall be as shown on drawings. (c) The walking surface of the ramp shall be continuous, without gaps, and shall be 1 112 inch x 6 -inch self -mating aluminum deck with extruded slip resistant surface. Coefficient of friction shall be .93. All ramp sections shall have a 3" minimum curb or toe plate. F. RAMP HANDRAILS: 1. Match requirements for landing rails. 2. Insure compliance with Accessibility Codes. G. STAIRWAYS: 1. Engineering: Stair treads and stringers shall be designed for a uniform live load of 100 pounds per square foot and a concentrated vertical load of _ 500 pounds. 2. Materials: Stair. treads, stringers, and risers shall be all aluminum construction alloy 6061-T6 and 6063-T6. 3. Design: (a) Stair treads shall be prefabricated in custom width as indicated on drawings. (b) Minimum walking surface coefficient of friction shall be 0.93 as determined by an independent testing facility. _ (c) Stair risers shall be pre -fabricated as required to meet travel distance from landing to building as indicated on drawings, and is verified in field. _ H. STAIRWAY HANDRAILS: 1. Match requirements for landing rails. 2. Insure compliance with Accessibility Codes. _. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Erector must examine the areas and conditions under, which work is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 ERECTION: A. General: Comply with the AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice, and with specified requirements. B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing 10530-4 members as required, with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structures as erection proceeds. C. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces, which will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. D. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified AISC •- tolerances. E. Light drifting necessary to draw the holes together will be allowed, but drifting to match unfair holes will not be allowed. Twist drills shall be used to enlarge holes as necessary to make connections. Reaming that weakens members or makes it impossible to fill the holes properly or to adjust accurately after reaming will not be allowed. F. Columns shall be plumbed and maintained to a true and vertical position. In general, steel shall be plumb and level within a tolerance of 1:500. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF WALKWAY COVER: A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings. Particular attention should be given to protecting the finish during handling and erection. B. Aftet installation, entire system shall be left in a clean condition. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF WALKWAY DECK, RAMP, STEPS AND RAILINGS: A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings. Particular attention should be given to protecting the finish during handling and erection. B. After installation, entire system shall be left in a clean condition. C. All exposed surfaces shall be smooth and free of sharp or jagged edges. End of Section "" 10530-5 SECTION 11600 —LABORATORY EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Provide laboratory equipment as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Applicable requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. 1.03 WORK BY OTHER TRADES: A. Roughing -in of plumbing work. B. Roughing -in of electrical work. C. .Final connections to faucets, traps, gas cocks and air. D. Final connections to electrical devices. E. Supply lines, stops and piping necessary to connect equipment to building water, gas and waste lines. F. Fume hood duct through roof. 1.04 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION: A. Laboratory equipment complete including the following: 1. Water faucets. 2. Gas cocks. 3. Sinks, tailpieces and drum traps. 4. Pipe spaces within science equipment required by the location of existing roughing -in. 5. Electrical devices shown on drawings or specified. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: Submit in accordance with Section 01340. A. Shop Drawings: Submit copies illustrating the equipment to be furnished. B. Rough -in Drawings: Submit copies of rough -in drawings showing exact locations of water, gas, waste and electrical. After approval of drawings, variations in equipment will not be allowed. C. Samples: When requested, manufacturer shall furnish samples, which will adequately demonstrate the equipment to be furnished, including tops. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Material shall not be delivered until all room finish work including masonry work, painting, flooring, base and ceilings is completed including mechanical work and lighting. Room temperature shall be at least 65 deg. F. B. Areas where materials are to be stored shall be maintained at 65 deg. F. and under 50% relative humidity. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS: Contractor shall acquaint himself with the building plans as to sizes of rooms, arrangement of egress to the areas, the materials of construction and locations of existing rough in for science equipment. 11600-1 1.08 GUARANTEE: Furnish a written guarantee covering against defects in labor and material for a period of one year after acceptance of the laboratory equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT: A. All equipment shall be as manufactured by Fisher Hamilton L.L.C., Two Rivers, WI, (920) 793-1121, as shown on the drawings. Equal equipment will be accepted subject to the approval of the Architect and the Owner. Bidder shall be prepared to furnish complete equipment specifications. The catalog numbers used are intended as a guide to bidders in illustrating the desired type and size of the equipment. Minor variations in arrangement may be permitted if the purpose of the equipment is adequately preserved. Note that table heights, lengths, and widths may vary from catalog numbers shown. B. Work Surfaces: 1" thick Epoxy Resin. Top shall be furnished in lengths as long as practical. C. Sinks: Anti -splash, acid resistant equal to Epoxy Resin single compartment under -counter sinks. Provide supports as required. D. Materials 1. Sheet steel: cold -rolled furniture stock. 2. Glass for glazed swinging and sliding doors: 7/32" thick clear float glass. E. Performance 1. Structural performance requirement: casework components shall withstand the following maximum loads without damage to the component or to the casework operation. a. Steel base unit load capacity: up to 500 lbs. per lineal foot suspended across cabinet ends. b. Suspended units: 300 lbs. C. Drawers in cabinet: 125 lbs. d. Hanging wall cases: 300 lbs. e. Load capacity for shelves of base units, wall cases and tall cases: 100 lbs. F. Construction 1. All members die -formed, notched, assembled in fixtures; exposed welds polished smooth; face comer intersections of vertical and horizontal members in same plane, with joints welded and polished; doors and drawer heads in same plane. 2. Gauges a. Drawer bodies and heads, shelves, interior door panels, security panels, and sloping tops - 20 gauge b. Ends, backs, case tops and bottoms, bases, exterior door panels, and vertical post —18 gauge C. Top front and intermediate rails, gussets, table legs, frames, leg rails, and stretchers —16 gauge d. Drawer suspensions, door and case hinge reinforcements, and L- shaped front corner gussets 14 gauge &"* 11600-2 3. Base cabinets, three and four -foot with cupboards to open full width; center support posts not acceptable. a. End panels and back, formed of one-piece, wraparound design; rear internal reinforcing channel with shelf -clip adjustment holes; front post to provide for rails, runs, hinges, and shelf clips; toe base structurally integral to cabinet body. b. Top front rail to interlock and overlap end panels with rabbeted offset for dust resistance. C. Horizontal intermediate cross rails required for locks, recessed and concealed. d. All floor -mounted cabinets supported on four leveling screws adjustable from access in toe base; cupboard back access panels when selected, removable with simple tools. e. Drawer bodies of welded construction with cove at bottom sides and flanged at topsides for hand grip; suspension with rounded raceways and radiused, nylon tired, ball-bearing rollers for self -centering operation; suspension to lock open, with automatic close last five inches; cushioned stop, in and out; drawer heads finished on all surfaces before assembly, sound -deadening material in head; friction centering springs not acceptable. f. Bottoms of solid -panel, one-piece construction, front -formed for door and drawer dust resistance; holes or capped punch -outs for leveling screw access not acceptable. 4. Wall cases, 25", 31" and 37" high, formed of one-piece, wrap-around design, with rear internal reinforcing channels containing shelf clip adjustment holes. 5. Upper and tall cases, with solid backs, welded, recessed 3/4"-m for mounting. a. Bottoms, one-piece, turned -up back and sides; front to fit door configuration and type. b. Doors, solid panel, with inner and outer heads protected from corrosion, structurally rigid with hat -channel reinforcement and sound deadening. C. Unframed doors, 7/32" thick float glass with ground edges, set in extruded aluminum shoe with integral pulls and wheel assemblies; slides in top and bottom extruded aluminum track. d. Framed glazed doors with 7/32" thick float glass set in plastic molding; solid exterior frame with all corners welded; interior frame members screwed in place. G. Hardware 1. Base molding, 4" high, black rubber or vinyl. 2. Hinges, 2 %i", 5 -knuckle, stainless steel, screw attachment; welded hinges not acceptable. 3. Friction catches, nylon -roller type, adjustable, with strike. 4. Elbow catch, spring -type, with strike. 5. Label holders, 1-1/2" x 2-1/2" steel, satin chrome -plated; attached with screws; stick -on holders not acceptable. 6. Shelf clips, die -formed steel, zinc plated. 7. Pulls, extruded aluminum, clear anodized finish. 11600-3 H. Finish 1. Metal preparation prior to application of finish, consisting of multiple -step process. a. Cleaner/phosphate spray b. Water rinse C. Passivating sealant spray 2. Parts to be dried at elevated temperatures and cooled prior to application of finish; finish to be applied in powder form, electrostatically charged, to all interior and exterior channel surfaces to minimum thickness of 1.5 mils; immediately after application, coated surfaces to be baked in high- temperature, continuous ovens to provide uniform curing for abrasion and chemical resistance as required for service in laboratory environment. J. Color Selections: Steel paint color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's eighteen (18) standard colors. K. Fixtures and Accessories: 1. Water Faucets. Provide vacuum breaker type faucets designed for hose ^�^ connections, equal to Watersaver Vandal Resistant Fixtures, single valve deck mount faucets shall be model 32L21900 -Right or Left as scheduled. Mixing deck mount faucet shall be model 32L23200. 2. Outlets, tailpieces and drum traps shall be modified epoxy resin. Outlets shall be model 34L01800. L. Schedule of Equipment: (See attached) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. -Attach equipment to floors and walls in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and subject to the approval of the Architect. B. Tops shall be attached to cabinets with concealed clip angle and machine and wood screw devices. All joints shall be in strict -accordance with manufacturers instructions. Exposed screws or bolts will not be permitted on the work surfaces. Under no circumstances will chipped or cracked tabletops be accepted. C. Install water faucets, sinks, tailpieces and drum traps, and leave ready for final connections. 3.02 CLEAN-UP: This Contractor shall be responsible for the removal from the site of all debris connected with his work. Care shall be taken to protect the work of others, and rooms shall be left broom clean at the completion of the work. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT: See equipment schedule on Drawings for additional information: ITEM #1: Base cabinet 25755320 with epoxy resin top type "D". ITEM #2: Comer cabinet 42058320 with epoxy resin top type "A" and 6005320 filler panel. Field trim filler panel as required. 0" 11600-4 ITEM #3: Corner cabinet 42158320 with epoxy resin top type "A" and 6005320 filler panel. Field trim filler panel as required. ITEM #4: Framed glass swing door case 71255330. ITEM #5: Sink cabinet 11556320 with epoxy resin top type "D" and 521472 sink (16" x 24" x 8 i. d.) with one (1) 32L21900 right cold water desk mounted faucet two (2) 32L21700 -left cold water deck mounted faucets and one (1) 32L23200 mixing faucet. ITEM #6: Base cabinet 30656320 with epoxy resin top type "B". Provide filler panel 6125832. ITEM #7: Open cabinet and knee space 30056320 with knee space panel 61658420, knee space rail 50052050, 6125832 filler, and with epoxy resin top type "A". End of Section 11600-5 M" SECTION 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all materials and labor as required for the installation of the plumbing, fire protection, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, all as shown on the drawings, as herein specified, or both. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements for work required under this section. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340. B. This Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of all submittal data covering proposed equipment to the Architect for approval prior to installation. All equipment shall be submitted at one time in a bound folder with an index of submittal. 1.04 REGULATIONS: A. All work shall be done in strict accordance and compliance with State and Local Laws, together with regulations of the particular Utility Companies concerned. B. Obtain permits as required by the local authorities. 1.05 CLARIFICATION: A. The Engineer shall provide, with reasonable promptness, written responses to requests from the Contractor for clarification and interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor's requests for information, clarification or interpretation are, in the Engineers professional opinion, for information readily apparent from reasonable observation of field conditions or a review of the Contract Documents, or are reasonably inferable therefrom, the Engineer shall be entitled to compensation from the Contractor for the Engineer's time spent responding to such requests. 1.46 DEFECTS: A. Contractors shall promptly report to the Engineer any defects or suspected defects in the contract documents of which the Contractor becomes aware, so that the Engineer may take measures to minimize the consequences of such a defect. Failure by the Contractor to notify the Engineer shall relieve the Engineer or Owner of the costs of remedying the defects above the sum such remedy would have cost had prompt notification been given when such defects were first discovered. 15010- 1 1.07 COMPLETION: A. If the Contractor asks for a final inspection and the project is not complete enough to prepare a normal punch list as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer shall be compensated for time and travel for subsequent site visits. 1.08 DRAWINGS: A. The drawings and the specifications are numbered consecutively. Each Contractor shall check these drawings and specifications thoroughly and shall notify the Architect of any discrepancies or. omissions of sheets or pages. Upon notification, the Architect will promptly provide the Contractor with any missing portions of the drawings and/or specifications. No discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages of the Contract Documents will relieve the Contractor of his duty to provide all work required by the complete Contract. B. The plans accompanying these specifications are intended to show the general arrangement and the extent of the work contemplated. The Contractor shall inspect the site before bidding to verify the actual conditions involved as no allowance will be made for unforeseen conditions. The exact location and arrangement of all parts shall be determined after equipment has been approved by the Architect and as directed by the Architect. All materials or labor necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these specifications shall be furnished by each Contractor without additional charge as if called for in these specifications or shown on the plans. C. Should the particular equipment which any bidder proposes to install require other space conditions, supports or clearances other than those indicated on the drawings, he shall arrange for such items with the Architect before submitting his bid. Should changes become necessary on account of failure to comply with this clause, the Contractor shall make such necessary changes at his (the Contractor's) own expense. D. This Contractor shall verify all existing conditions that may effect his work including exact location and size of all plumbing lines, direction of flow, ductwork, existing equipment and connection points. Any discrepancies from conditions shown on the drawings shall be reported to the Architect before bidding and the bid price shall include the cost to correct any discrepancies to provide a complete and workable system. E. This Contractor ,shall thoroughly lay out all his work and check all conditions to insure that the work as shown on the Drawings can be installed without modifications. No material shall be fabricated or delivered to the job until these conditions have been determined. F. The Owner or Owner's Representative reserves the right to make changes during construction, if required, and no allowances will be made for prefabricated material or on job materials which can not be used due to actual conditions. 1.09 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS: A. Where manufacturer's names are mentioned in these specifications, it has been done, in most cases, in order to establish a standard. Where the phrase "or equal", or its equivalent is used in connection with a particular item of material or equipment, the products of others than the particular manufacturers mentioned will be acceptable, if of suitable type and construction, but any substitution must be of quality as good 15010-2 as, or better than, the named article. Where the phrase "or equal' or its equivalent, is not used in connection with a particular item of material or equipment only the products of the manufacturers mentioned will be acceptable. B. If the Contractor elects to substitute other equipment or materials for that specified by name, he shall be fully responsible for all coordination with other trades involved. Any expense incurred because of modifications to accommodate larger sizes, larger electrical service, fuel piping requirements resulting from such substitution shall be borne by the Contractor substituting other equipment. C. Upon being awarded the Contract for the work under one of the following sections, the Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days, submit for approval a complete list of the materials which he proposes to use. The list shall give the manufacturer's names and designations corresponding to every item and where submitted materials are different from that specified by name, the submission shall be accompanied by a complete descriptive literature and/or any supplementary data and drawings, necessary to give full and complete details for the completed installation. D. Any item on this list which is rejected because of unsuitability or inferior quality, must be replaced by an acceptable item within two (2) weeks following notification of the Contractor of such rejection. If no satisfactory material is submitted within two (2) weeks, then the Architect reserves the right to notify the Contractor as to the type and make of materials he will be required to furnish. Six (6) copies of the material and the equipment list shall be furnished by the Contractor in neat and firmly bound brochures for approval. 1.10 PRECEDENCE: A. The work covered in this section shall have precedence over each other in accordance with the following sequence: '^ 1. Soil and waste piping 2. Duct work 3. Cold and hot water piping 4. Electric wiring 1.11 COOPERATION: A. Each contractor shall cooperate with the General Contractor and all other contractors to properly coordinate their work, to avoid interference and delays, and arrange all parts of the work so as to harmonize in service and appearance with all other parts. 1.12 INTERFERENCES: A. The plans are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor must harmonize the work of the different trades so that interference between piping, equipment, architectural and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets in piping, fittings, etc., ., required to properly install the work must be kept as close as possible to walls, ceiling, columns, etc., so as to take up the minimum amount of space, and all offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish it must be furnished and installed by ..� _ the contractor without additional cost to the Owner. B. Exact locations of mechanical and electrical outlets or equipment may be varied a reasonable amount by the Architect before installation without additional cost to the Owner. 15010-3 FS C. All equipment and controls shall be so located and arranged that all parts will be available for proper maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP: A. Materials shall be new unless otherwise specified and of the quality specified. Materials shall be free from any defects. Materials and equipment for which the Underwriters' Laboratories have established as standard, shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and shall bear their label. B. Each Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his materials to the job and shall be responsible for the storage and protection of same. This will be provided until final acceptance of the job. C. Each Contractor shall provide protection against weather, so as to maintain all materials and equipment free from injury and damage. All new work likely to be damaged shall be covered during the day and at the end of each day. D. Each Contractor will furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools, appurtenances and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution of this contract. E. The workmanship shall be in all respects, the highest grade and all construction in accordance with the best practice of the trade. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SOUND ISOLATION: A. To prevent sound transmission and vibration, all operating equipment shall be isolated from the building construction by means of mountings designed to obtain the highest efficiency of sound isolation. Isolator sizes and methods of installation shall be in accordance with recommendations of Chapter 46 of the 1999 ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications." 3.02 PAINTING: A. No painting will be required under this section. 3.03 TESTING A. This contractor shall test all plumbing lines and equipment as described under "Testing" section of these specifications. 3.04 ELECTRICAL: A. Electric motors shall be of the speed, phase and voltage as specified and shall be of type recommended by motor manufacturer for type of service involved. B. The Contractor furnishing the motor shall install it. The Contractor shall furnish such motor controls and starting equipment as specified or as required. The erection and connection of all switches, starting and control equipment, and the wiring of same, shall be done as required. Conduits from controllers to motors shall be flexible for not over three feet (3') and shall be attached to the terminal housing 15010-4 r zMR of the motor. All flexible conduit to motor shall be waterproof type with neoprene j acket. C. Where automatic controls are called for in the Plumbing, Heating and Air Conditioning specifications, the control instruments, such as motorized damper motors, motorized valves, etc., shall be installed by the Contractor furnishing the controls, but all wiring necessary shall be done by the Electrical Contractor. The Contractor furnishing the controls shall furnish a control wiring diagram to the Electrical Contractor. D. Starters on air cooled condensing units shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Starters for Heating and Ventilating units shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. The Refrigeration Contractor shall design, furnish, and install all other electrical panels and wiring starting at the end of designed main electrical feeders as shown on the drawings. 3.05 INSULATION: A. Furnish and install pipe, duct, ' and equipment insulation as specified under "Insulation" section of these specifications. 3.06 LABELS: A. This Contractor shall label all valves with permanent metal name tags, 1-1/2" ^ diameter by 3/16" thick brass name tags. Each tag shall describe fully the function of each valve by a stamped number on each side of tag and legend mounted under glass in each Mechanical Room. Each tag shall be applied to the handle of each valve with a hog ring and wrench. B. Heating and air conditioning units shall have a permanent metal tag or laminated plastic (min. thickness .093 inch) attached by riveting to identify as shown on the drawings. Letters on tag shall be 1/4" to 3/8" in height. 3.07 EQUAL MATERIAL CONSIDERATION: A. Approval of equipment other than that specified does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of modifying the equipment if necessary to meet Structural, Architectural, Electrical, or Mechanical conditions as detailed and specified on the drawings. 3.08 INSTRUCTION MANUALS: A. Furnish four (4) complete bound copies of Instruction Manuals on all operating equipment to Owner. Manuals: complete with repair instructions, replacement parts list, and complete operating instructions and wiring diagrams. 3.09 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: ., A. After completion of the work but before final payment is made, the Contractor shall run test over a sufficient period of time to prove the proper capacity and performance of apparatus, etc., and of system as a whole to the approval of the Architect and Engineer. See Testing section of the Specifications. 3.10 GUARANTEE: A. This Contractor shall guarantee the workmanship and material against defects for 15010-5 a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance, unless specified otherwise in other sections of this specification. End of Section 15010-6 SECTION 15020 - TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide specified testing and testing as required by governing authorities. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to other applicable, clauses and regulations for other requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBMITTAL: A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340. .� B. Submit a certificate signed by the job superintendent certifying that all tests have been satisfactorily completed. M PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: A. All testing required under the contract of the plumbing contractor or heating and ventilating and air conditioning contractor shall be approved by the Engineer before acceptance. Soil or waste piping located underground shall be tested before backfilling. Provide the necessary valves for cutting off existing work not to be tested. _ B. The contractor shall perform the various tests as specified and as required by State and Local Authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. C. Any leaks or defective material found shall be repaired and replaced, and tests shall be repeated until no further leaks or defects are indicated. D. Air Balancing: All supply and return air registers shall be balanced by the Contractor to supply CFM shown, and results of all tests, together with type of equipment used, shall be submitted to the Architect's office at completion of the job, and if the Architect deems it necessary, this Contractor shall perform such tests as may be necessary to illustrate to the satisfaction of the Architect that equipment installed performs properly. All balancing of air shall be done by the Contractor in the presence of the Architect's Field Representative. If Contractor does balance air systems, but work is not done in the presence of the Architect's field representative, all work shall be redone in the presence of the Architect's field representative. End of Section 15020- 1 SECTION 15650 - AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Contractor shall furnish and install where shown on the drawings, complete Summer -Winter, indoor and outdoor mounted air conditioning systems as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. 1.04 REBATES AND INCENTIVES: A. Any and all rebates or incentives offered by utility companies or equipment manufacturers shall go directly to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS: A. All units shall be of the same manufacturer and shall have capacities and efficiency ratings as scheduled. B. Other equipment than that scheduled shall have seven day prior approval. 2.02 BLOWER COIL UNITS: A. General: Furnish and install where shown on the drawings, blower coil units complete with all coils, filters, blowers, heating elements and filters. The blower coil units shall be completely factory assembled including coil, condensate drain pan, fan, motor, filters and controls in an insulated casing that can be applied in horizontal or vertical configuration. The "F" model indicates an "Air-Tite" model with 4.2 "R" value insulation and additional sealing systems. B. Casing: Units shall have a rugged galvanized sheet metal and steel frame construction. The casing shall be painted with an enamel finish. The casing shall be insulated and provide knockouts for electrical power and control wiring. C. Refrigerant Circuits: The units shall have a single refrigerant circuit. The refrigerant circuit shall be controlled by a factory installed non -bleed thermal expansion valve. D. Coil: Coil shall be constructed of an aluminum fin surface mechanically bonded to 3/8 inch OD copper tubing. Coils shall be factory pressure and leak tested. 15650-1 W E. Fan: The blower housing shall be forward curved, dynamically balanced with a 3 speed direct drive fan motor. The fan motor shall be permanently lubricated. F. Controls: Low voltage terminal board, fan contactor, and plug in module for accessory electric heat control shall be included. G. Filters: 25% efficiency standard size filters shall be included. H. Electric Heaters: Heaters shall be U.L. approved and with KW capacities and voltages as listed on the drawings. Heaters shall be factory assembled and wired complete with all controls, fuses and safety devices. Heating elements shall be helix wound nichrome wire located directly in the air stream. 2.03 HEAT PUMP UNITS: A. The air cooled heat pump units shall be for outdoor installation and shall be complete with all controls and wiring as required. The cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a baked enamel finish. The compressor and control box shall be located in a separate compartment lined with fiberglass insulation and have a removable panel for service access. The units shall be designed for vertical air discharge and shall have non -corrosive PVC coated steel condenser fan guard and -� condenser coil guard. The compressor shall be hermetically sealed with built-in protection devices for protection from excessive current and temperatures. The compressor shall be suction cooled, overload protected and equipped with a crankcase heater and the entire running gear shall be spring mounted. The coil section shall be constructed of rippled -edged aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. The condenser fans shall have a direct drive motor inherently protected and totally enclosed. Other accessories for the heat pump units shall include refrigerant dryers, high pressure switch, start controls, expansion valve kit, timed -off controls and low ambient controls. Each unit shall have reverse cycle defrost control, quick heat recovery cycle, and electric resistant heat lockout. The entire unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI Standard 210/240, as well as ARI Standard 270, and shall be U.L. listed. 2.04 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS: A. Basic Unit Control System: 1. Units shall be controlled by wall -mounted thermostats as scheduled on the drawings. 2.. Each unit shall be equipped with a positive fan start device on a call for heat. 3. The condensing units shall be furnished with time off cycle devices to prevent short cycling of the compressors. They shall also have high- low pressure cutouts, 3 leg overload protection and internal thermostats in the compressor to limit winding and discharge temperature to safe limits. 4. Refrigerant control shall be by thermostatic expansion valves. 5. In addition to the above, contactors, relays and safety devices necessary for a complete operational system shall be furnished. 6. Each unit over 2000 CFM shall be equipped with a smoke detector in the return air and supply air compartment to shut the fan down on a detection of smoke. 7. Each unit shall be equipped with an outdoor thermostat to change from heat pump operation to gas heat operation during the room heating requirements. 15650-2 2.05 WARRANTIES: A. All heating and air conditioning equipment shall have a five (5) year warranty on the compressor and a one (1) year warranty on all other parts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SOUND ISOLATION: A. To prevent sound transmission and vibration, all air handling units, and rooftop mounted units, shall be isolated from the building construction by means of mounting designed to obtain the highest efficiency of sound isolation as recommended by Vibration Mountings and Controls Co., Korfund Co., or approved equal, for the particular piece of equipment receiving same. B. Isolators sizes and methods of installation shall be in accordance with recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT: A. Upon completion of work the Contractor shall balance the system so that the quantity and proper velocity of air is delivered at each outlet uniformly as indicated on the drawings to within ten percent (10%). Necessary adjustment shall be made to the system to produce these quantities of air, and to eliminate any objectional drafts or noise which might exist. Contractor shall perform all air balancing in the presence of the Architect's Field Representative. B. When balancing has been completed, the Contractor shall provide the Architect with ali necessary data, readings, and velocities at each outlet to substantiate that the systems are balanced and providing the necessary quantities of air as shown on the drawings. C. If the Architect deems it necessary, the Contractor shall rebalance air units and correct conditions to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. End of Section 15650-3 SECTION 15840 - DUCTWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: .., A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the furnishings of all material and labor as required for the installation of a complete duct system, as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LOW VELOCITY - LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK: A. All ductwork shall be of the sizes indicated on the drawings, shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished airtight joints. The ducts shall be installed as to be completely free of vibration. Metal duct_ slip joints shall be made with an inside radius of not less than the width of the duct, except that Factory Fabricated Air Turns shall be used where_a sharper turn must be made or, where otherwise indicated on the drawings. All takeoffs to registers shall be made with Factory 7 Fabricated Deflectrols, or approved equal, and all major branches where noted on the plans shall have splitters with an accessible operating handle and locking device, Young Model No. 917 right angle gear and No. 1 ceiling regulator, or approved equal. B. All ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized iron sheets fabricated and installed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for Low Velocity Systems. C. Air turns shall be as manufacturedby Barber -Colman, or approved equal. No job -built turning vanes will be used on this job. Where insulation is applied inside of ducts, turning vanes shall be installed inside ,of insulation. D. After all ducts are installed, all dirt and debris shall be removed from inside of • ducts. E. Ductwork for round ducts shall conform,, to the, latest edition ASHRAE guide. F. All duct construction seam corners and connections shall be sealed with white "Permagum Slugs" as manufactured by Virginia Chemicals, Inc. G. All ductwork shall be made airtight and reinforced as required for pressures as shown on the drawings. 15840-1 0 H. All dimensions indicated shall be sheet metal dimensions. Allowance shall be made for internal insulation as it occurs, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.02 ACCESS DOORS: A. Access doors in ductwork shall be 2" smaller in height than duct dimensions and 12" wide and located in accessible locations on both sides of all fire and smoke dampers. Doors in vertical position shall be equal to Ventlok insulated type, complete with all hinges, hardware and air seal. Doors in horizontal position shall be job built complete with sash lock, two (2) per side, and rubber air seal, all as manufactured by Ventlok, or approved equal. 2.03 ZONE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS: A. Volume control dampers shall be furnished and installed where shown on the drawings for all air unit zone ducts with locking operator installed on bottom side of ducts. B. Dampers shall be the opposed blade type with comer bracing for stiffening as manufactured by Young Regulator Co., Model No. 817, or approved equal, of size shown on the drawings. 2.04 FIBER DUCTWORK: A. Fiber ductwork will not be used on this job anywhere. 2.05 LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: A. Furnish and install flexible connections of 30 ounce woven glass fabric from discharge and return openings of equipment to ductwork. The flexible connections shall be of a type that is airtight, equal to Ventfabrics "Ventglas", and shall be installed in such a manner that the air flow is not restricted nor the connection leaks air. At least 1" slack shall be allowed in connection to insure that no vibration is transmitted from fans to ductwork. B. Fabric connections shall be UL approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. All duct systems shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and shall provide a complete and working system. B. Hangers for ductwork shall be galvanized steel straps and/or electro -plated zinc or hot -dipped galvanized after threading, threaded rods, minimum of 3/8" diameter. C. Hangers shall be spaced a maximum of 8'-0" on center. D. When threaded hanger rods are used, bearing plate shall be on channel and/or angle, hot -dipped galvanized after cutting, and drilling of hanger rod holes. E. Hanger rods shall be secured to channels and/or angle by galvanized washer, nut, and locket nut. Hanger rods shall be suspended from super -structure. 3.02 CLEANING: A. After installation is complete, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. Filters 15840-2 shall be cleaned and/or replaced with new. Damaged paint shall be sanded and touched -up. All damaged insulation shall be replaced. IIAA End of Section 15840-3 SECTION 15870 - GRILLES REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. The work covered by this section of the specification includes the furnishing of all labor and materials as required for the installation of a complete air diffusing system as shown on the drawings, and as hereinafter specified. All side wall grilles, supply and returns, shall comply with NFPA Standard No. 90A. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SIDE WALL RETURN AIR GRILLES: A. All side wall return air grilles shall be with beaded frames and removable cores. Cores shall be a minimum of 86% free area and shall conform to NFPA Standard No. 90A. 2.02 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS: _. A. Ceiling supply diffusers, except where shown on the drawings and/or specified, shall be all fully adjustable, all as shown on the drawings. All diffusers shall be equipped with deflectrols and opposed blade volume controls operated from the face of the diffusers and deflectrols. B. Ceiling diffusers shall be of the removable core type, and hinge assemblies for 1, 2, 3 or 4 -way deflection where shown on the drawings. 2.03 CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLES: A. Ceiling return air grilles shall be all as shown on the drawings. All ceiling return air grilles shall be equipped with removable cores. 2.04 FINISHES: A. Side wall supply registers, side wall returns and side wall exhaust grilles shall be electroplated zinc core and prime coat frame. Ceiling supply diffusers shall be baked off-white enamel. Ceiling return air grilles shall be baked off-white enamel. Ceiling exhaust grilles shall be baked off-white enamel. Door grilles shall be electroplated brushed bronze. Ceiling transfer grilles shall be baked off-white enamel. 15870- 1 07 MR 0 r - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GUARANTEE: A. This Contractor shall ensure that the grilles, registers and diffusers are recommended by the manufacturer for the installation in the surfaces as shown and the application shown. End of Section 15870-2 SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. B. Furnish all labor, materials, service, equipment and appliances required to complete the installation of the complete electrical system in accordance with the specifications and contract drawings. C. Contractor shall review all other disciplines plans and specifications for additional requirements for temperature controls, motor controls, damper actuators, etc. and shall provide wiring and installation as required. D. All wiring for all systems shall be installed in conduit. E. Electrical Division Index: 16010 - General Electrical Provisions 16110 - Raceways 16120 - Conductors 16130 - Boxes and Fittings 16140 - Wiring Devices 16170 - Switches and Fuses 16500 - Lighting 1.02 WORK INCLUDED: A. This Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete all — electrical and related work as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified as follows. All wiring shall be in conduit. 1. From starting point connect all panelboards, power outlets, convenience _ outlets, switches and controls. 2. Conduits, junction boxes, and blank plate for the telephone system. 3. Conduits, wiring, speakers and required installation of the sound system. 4. Conduits, pull wires, junction boxes for Owner furnished equipment. 5. Conduits, conductors, devices, and all required connections for installation of _ the fire alarm system. 6. All disconnects, starters, etc. required for equipment furnished under other contracts. 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATOR AGENCIES AND STANDARDS: A. Regulatory Agencies: Installations, materials, equipment and workmanship shall conform to the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), and the terms and conditions of the electrical utility and other authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the -- work required. All modifications required by these codes, rules, regulations and authorities shall be made by the Contractor without additional charge to the Owner. B. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): All materials, appliances, equipment or devices 16010- 1 shall conform to the applicable standards of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. The label of, or listing by, UL is required. C. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the "", publications and standards of the following organizations shall apply: American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA), National Electrical Manufacturers Association ,(NEMA), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Material List: As soon_ as possible after contract award and before material is ordered, the Contractor shall submit for approval a list of all proposed material and equipment, indicating manufacturer's name and general description. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval in accordance with the requirements contained in the SPECIAL PROVISIONS, a minimum of six (6) copies of all shop drawings after the material list has been approved and prior to ordering. Show complete outlines, dimensions, electrical services, control diagrams, electrical characteristics of special nature or critical to the installation, and pertinent data required for installation. Indicate in the transmittal that submittal has, been reviewed and accepted and all contract deviations identified. In addition to, but not limited to, specific references or requests, submit shop drawings for the following applicable items: Switchboards, panelboards, lighting fixtures, transformers, alarm systems, primary cable, emergency battery units, fire alarm and security systems, underfloor duct, safety switches, motor starters, wiring devices. 1.05 CLARIFICATION: A. The Engineer shall provide, with reasonable promptness, written responses to requests from the Contractor for clarification and interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor's requests for information, clarification or interpretation are, in the Engineers professional opinion, for information readily apparent from reasonable observation of field conditions or a review of the Contract Documents, or are reasonably inferable therefrom, the Engineer shall be entitled to compensation from the Contractor for the Engineer's time spent responding to such requests. 1.06 DEFECTS: A. Contractors shall promptly report to the Engineer any defects or suspected defects in the contract documents of which the Contractor becomes aware, so that the Engineer may take measures to minimize the consequences of such a defect. Failure by the Contractor to notify the Engineer shall relieve the Engineer or Owner • of the costs of remedying the defects above the sum such remedy would have cost had prompt notification been given when such defects were first discovered. 1.07 COMPLETION: A. If the Contractor asks for a final inspection and the project is not complete enough to prepare a normal punch list as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer shall be compensated for time and travel for -subsequent site visits. 16010-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS: A. The electrical requirements for equipment specified or indicated on the drawings are based on information available at the time of design. If equipment furnished for installation has electrical requirements other than indicated on the electrical drawings, the Contractor shall make all adjustments to wire and conduit size, controls, overcurrent protection and installation as required to accommodate the equipment supplied, without additional charge to the Owner. The complete responsibility and costs for such adjustments shall be assigned to the respective section of this specification under which the equipment is furnished. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. All similar materials and equipment shall be the product of the same manufacturer. B. Where no specific material, apparatus, or appliance is mentioned, any first-class product made by a reputable manufacturer may be used, providing it conforms to the contract requirements and meets the approval of the Engineer. C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current and standard design. D. Equipment affected by altitude shall perform satisfactorily the function intended at an altitude of the project site. E. Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective publications and other requirements specified below. Other materials and equipment shall be as specified elsewhere herein and as shown on the drawings, and shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Fabrication, erection and installation of the complete electrical system shall be done in a first class workmanlike manner by qualified personnel experienced in such work and shall proceed in an orderly manner so as not to hold up the progress of the project. The Electrical Contractor shall check all areas and surfaces where electrical equipment or material is to be installed, removed or relocated and report any unsatisfactory conditions before starting work. Commencement of work signifies this Contractor's acceptance of existing conditions. B. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all labor and materials for conduit and boxes as shown for the audio/visual contractor. 3.02 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING: A. Furnish and install all temporary electrical facilities required for construction and safety operations. 3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS: A. Thoroughly test all fixtures, services, and all circuits for proper operating condition 16010-3 N= and freedom from grounds and short circuits before acceptance is requested. All equipment, appliances, and devices shall be operated under load conditions. B. After the interior -wiring system installation is complete and at such time as the Engineer may direct, conduct operating tests for approval. When requested, test all - - the wire, cable, devices, and equipment after installation, to assure that all material continues to possess all the original characteristics as required by governing codes and standards listed in these specifications. C. Prior to acceptance or beneficial occupancy, establish nominal building power loads and record voltage readings at all panelboards. Based on these readings make final adjustments of tap changers on all transformers in the building electrical system to comply with specifications and equipment installed. D. Perform such other tests as required by other sections of these specifications or as requested to prove acceptability. .o 3.04 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS: A. Instructions: Without additional charge to the Owner, furnish competent instruction to the Owner in the care, adjustment and operation of all parts of the electrical equipment and systems. B. Manuals: Upon completion of the work, prepare and deliver to the Engineer two (2) sets of complete operating and maintenance manuals for the systems and major '^ equipment installed. Include catalog data, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, performance curves and rating data, spare parts lists, and manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. C. Other: The above requirements are in addition to specific instructions and manuals specified for individual systems or equipment. .» 3.05 IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS: A. Mark each individual motor controller, disconnect switch, transformer, and remote control device to identify each item with its respective service. Provide engraved phenolic nameplates in finished area. B. Provide nameplates with engraved lettering not less than 3/8 inch high where specified. In general, use white core laminated plastic. C. Identify panelboards, motor control centers, switchboards, and cabinets by nameplates with descriptions indicated on the drawings together with indication of location of the feeder overcurrent protection. Install on outside of hinged doors of panelboards and cabinets. pow 3.06 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. Provide record drawings showing the "as -built" condition of all electrical work. Information shall include but not be limited to indicating: 1. All floor outlets. 2. All conduit runs including size installed. 3. All stub up locations of conduits in floor routed up columns or walls. 4. Locations and sizes of all junction and pull boxes. B. This drawing shall be a mylar sepia of the power plans. 16010-4 3.07 WORKMANSHIP: A. All work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and mechanical appearance upon completion. All mechanics shall be capable experienced electricians. B. Panels and cutout boxes shall be properly supported from the building construction. Boxes shall be set plumb and at height best suited for adequate operation. Wiring troughs and barriers shall be as required by the National Electric Code as amended to date. C. Symbols on drawings are approximately correct, but care shall be taken that all fixture outlets are symmetrical on spaces, ceiling panels, bays or rooms, and all switch outlets are on the strike side of doors. D. Outlets may be varied slighting in location either horizontally or vertically by the Owner before installation. Outlets for special equipment shall be located and verified on the job before final rough -in is made. E. Unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed, locate outlet boxes as follows: (Dimensions are from bottom of box to floor.) All mounting heights shall be in compliance with ADA requirements. Switches 4'-0" Convenience Outlet 42" or as noted Telephone Outlet 42" or as noted Thermostats 4'-0" Panelboards 6'-0" from top of box Power Outlets 42" or as noted Call in Switches 4'-0" or as noted F. All work shall be concealed, and panels, boxes, etc., shall be flush type, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All conduits and wiring shall be run from overhead unless otherwise noted. If walls do not extend to ceilings, run conduit in slabs. G. All flush outlet boxes shall be set so that edge of cover comes flush with finished surface. Outlet boxes shall be of a suitable size and construction to serve the purpose properly. H. There shall be no more knockouts opened in any outlet box than are actually required. I. Outlet boxes shall be provided in all cases with proper supports for fixtures. J. All wires shall be polarized. No joints or taps in feeders will be permitted under any condition. K. Joints in branch circuits shall occur only where such circuits divide, and shall then consist of one (1) through circuit, to which shall be spliced the branch from this _ circuit. L. Wire and cable connectors shall be solderless, mechanical type. Connectors for conductors #8 AWG and smaller shall be Buchanan Electrical Products copper squeeze -on type with molded rubber or vinyl cap, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. Scotchlock, or Ideal Industries Super -Nut spring connector with molded vinyl cap. M. Conduits shall be of such size and shall be so installed that the required conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive stain. Powdered soapstone only may be used as a lubricant where necessary. Sizes of conduits shall be in accordance 16010-5 AM with National Code tables. Flexible metal conduit may be used for final connec- tions to motors, etc., but shall not be over 48" in total length from outlet box to motor. Waterproof flexible conduit may be used in exterior locations. Connectors for conductors larger than #8 AWG shall be mechanical bolted type, insulated with clamp -on molded covers or vinyl plastic tape. The manufacturer shall be O.Z. Electrical Manufacturing Co., or Burndy Engineering Company. Flexible conduit smaller than 1/2" diameter shall not be permitted to be used. N. Where conduits enter boxes they shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings. Conduit ends shall be carefully plugged during construction. O. Conduits, except those which are vertical for their entire length, and except conduits connecting ceiling outlets together, shall have a drag consisting of a number of tight fitting rubber washers drawn through before wires are pulled in. P. No more than one circuit shall be installed in any one conduit. End of Section 16010-6 SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. General Provision of the Contract, including General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements apply. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUITS: A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Rigid, threaded, thick -wall, zinc -coated on the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid, threaded, lightweight steel zinc -coated on the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Mild steel, zinc -coated on the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. D. Flexible Conduit: Commercial Greenfield, galvanized steel, with a separate grounding bond wire installed in the conduit in addition to other wires. E. Liquid -Tight Flexible Conduit: Flexible galvanized steel tubing with extruded liquid -tight PVC outer jacket and a continuous copper bonding conductor wound spirally between the convolutions. Where a separate grounding conductor is installed in the conduit, bonding conductor in the conductor in the convolutions may be omitted. F. Conduit Size: Minimum conduit size 1/2 inch except where specifically approved for equipment connections. Sizes shall be as noted on the drawings and where not noted sizes shall be as required by the NEC. 2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS: A. Rigid Steel Conduit, IMC, and EMT Fittings: Iron or steel. Cast fittings may be used. B. Flexible Conduit Fittings (Commercial Greenfield): Either steel or malleable iron only, with insulated throats, and shall be of one of the following types: 1. Wedge and screw type with angular wedge fittings between the convolutions of the conduit. 2. Squeeze or clamp type with bearing surface contoured to wrap around the conduit and clamped by one or more screws. 3. Steel, multiple point type, for threading into internal wall of the conduit convolutions. 16110- 1 604 C. Liquid -Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings: With threaded grounding cone, a steel, A. nylon or equal plastic compression ring, and a gland for tightening. Gland shall be either steel or malleable iron only with insulated throats and mall thread and lockout B. or male bushing with or without "O" ring seal. Each connector shall provide a low C. resistance ground connection between the flexible conduit and the outlet box, conduit or other equipment to which it is connected. D. Connectors and couplings: Compression type threadless fittings for rigid steel conduit or IMC permitted. Set screw type fittings for rigid aluminum conduit not permitted. Steel set screw connectors and couplings permitted for special conditions when approved. EMT couplings and connectors either steel, malleable iron, or cast D. fittings. "Concrete -tight" or "Rain -tight", and either the gland and ring compression •-� type or the stainless steel multiple point locking type. Connectors to have insulated throats. EMT fittings may be die cast compression fittings. E. Bushings: Insulated type, designed to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing -- the continuity of the conduit grounding system, for rigid steel conduit, IMC, and .. rigid aluminum conduit larger than 1/2 inch size'. F. Expansion Fittings: Each conduit that is buried in or rigidly secured to the buildings construction on opposite sides of a building expansion joint and each long run of exposed conduit that may be subject to excessive stresses shall be provided with an expansion fitting. Expansion fittings shall be hot -dipped galvanized malleable iron with factory installed packing and a grounding ring. G. Sealing Fittings: Threaded, zinc or cadmium coated, cast or malleable iron type for steel conduits and threaded cast aluminum type for aluminum conduits. Fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION: A. Conduit Systems: Rigid steel conduit, IMC, or EMT unless otherwise specified. Aluminum conduit is not permitted. B. EMT: Not permitted underground nor embedded in concrete. C. Flexible Conduits: Use flexible conduit for lights, motor or equipment connections and then only to the extent of minimum lengths required for connections. Install flexible conduit connections at all resilient -mounted equipment. Provide liquid -tight flexible conduit in exterior, wet or damp locations and for connections to wet -pipe mechanical systems. All flexible conduit in kitchen, food preparation, walk-ins, and dishwashing locations shall be liquid -tight. D. Conduit in Concrete: Rigid steel conduit, or rigid non-metallic conduit may be embedded in concrete providing the outside diameter does not exceed one-third the thickness of the concrete slab, wall, or beam, is located entirely within the center third of the member, and lateral spacing of conduits is not less than three diameters. E. Steel Conduit in Ground: Rigid steel conduit, that is not completely encased in .. concrete but is in contact with ground or on a vapor barrier, shall be wrapped in Scotchap 51 half -lapped, or shall have an additional outside factory coating of polyvinyl chloride with a minimum coat thickness of 20 mils. Other PVC of Phenolic -resin -epoxy coating material which is equally flexible and chemically 16110-2 resistant may be used providing approval by the Engineer is obtained prior to installation. F. Exposed Conduits: Install exposed conduit systems parallel to or at right angles to the lines of the building. Right angle bends in exposed runs shall be made with standard elbows, screw jointed conduit fittings or conduit bent to radii not less than those of standard elbows. G. Concealed Conduits: Install conduit systems concealed where possible unless otherwise noted. Conduit systems may be exposed in unfmished utility areas, ceiling cavities, and where specifically approved by the Engineer. Install concealed conduit systems in as direct lines as possible. H. Exterior Underground Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel conduit, wrapped as above, shall be used for all circuits outside the building slab. Conduit shall be buried a minimum of 2'-6" below finished grade. Concrete encased PVC conduit may be used for all conductors except the service entrance secondary. I. Conduit Bends: In any conduit or EMT run the number of quarter bends or equivalent between terminations at cabinets or boxes shall not exceed four (4) bends for conduits up to 1-1/4 inch, three (3) bends for 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch conduits, and two (2) bends for 3- to 4 -inch conduits. Conduits run between cabinets or boxes shall not exceed 100 feet for straight runs nor 100 feet for runs with maximum number of bends. Bends in telephone feeder conduits shall be long -radius. J. Conduit Openings: Protect all vertical runs of conduits EMT terminating in the bottoms of boxes or cabinets, etc., from the entrance of foreign material prior to installation of conductors. K. Sealing Fittings: Install where required by the NEC, where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, and where otherwise indicated. J L. Sleeves for Conduit: Install sleeves for conduit where shown or as required. Conduit sleeves not used shall be plugged with recessed type plugs. Sleeve all conduit passing through walls. Sleeves that are used shall be caulked tight with lead yam. 3.02 CONDUIT SUPPORTS: A. Supports: Provide supports for horizontal steel conduits and EMT as required by the National Electrical Code, including runs above suspended ceilings. In suspended ceiling construction, only lighting system branch circuit raceways shall be fastened to the ceiling supports. No supports shall be permitted from metal roof decks. B. Straps: Install one -hole pipe straps on conduits 1-1/2 inch or smaller. Install individual pipe hangers for conduits larger than 1-1/2 inch. Spring steel fasteners with hanger rods may be used in dry locations in lieu of pipe straps. C. Trapezes: Install multiple (trapeze) pipe hangers where two or more horizontal conduits or EMT run parallel and. at the same elevation. Secure each conduit or EMT to the horizontal hanger member by a U -bolt, one -hole strap or other specially designed and approved fastener. D. Hanger Rods: Install 3/16 inch diameter or larger steel rods for trapezes, spring steel fasteners, clips and clamps. Wire or perforated strapping shall not be used for the support of any conduit, EMT or light fixtures in open ceiling areas. E. Fastening: Fasten pipe straps and hanger rods to concrete by means of inserts or expansion bolts, to brickwork by means of expansion bolts, and to hollow masonry 16110-3 .R, by means of toggle bolts. Wooden plugs and shields shall not be used. Power - driven fasteners may be used to attach pipe straps and hanger rods to concrete where approved by the Engineer. F. All conduits not embedded in concrete shall be firmly secured by means of pipe clamps,hangers, etc., equal to Caddy Fasteners of ERICO Products,Inc. Wire wrapped around conduits and supporting members will not be acceptable. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION: A. Contractor shall furnish as -built drawings showing routing and/or terminations of all conduit and boxes run into floor and from underfloor into wall or above ceiling terminations 3.04 CLOSING OF OPENINGS: A. Wherever slots, sleeves or other openings are provided in floors or walls for the -� passage of conduits or other forms of raceway, including bus ducts, such openings, if unused, or the spaces left in such openings, shall be filled or closed in a manner approved by the Engineer. End of Section 16110-4 SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL w 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLTS): A. Type: Conform to the applicable UL and IPCEA Standards for the use intended. Copper conductors with 600 volt insulation. Stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be permitted. B. Insulation: Type THEIN insulation minimum unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. Type THHN minimum cross-linked polyethylene 90 degrees C thermosetting insulation for conductors No. 8 or larger. 90 degrees C minimum insulation within fixture wireways of fluorescent fixtures, Type RF -2 or TF commercial fixture wire, No. 16 AWG may be used for Class 2 remote control and signal circuits. C. Size: No. 12 AWG minimum unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. Not less than NEC requirements for the system to be installed. Conductors for trench circuits of 120 volts, or more than 100 .feet long from panel to load center, shall be No. 10 AWG. Class 1 remote control .and signal circuit conductors shall not be less than No. 14 AWG. Class 2 low energy remote control and signal circuits conductors shall be not less than No. 16 AWG. If Contractor furnishes other than specified equipment, it shall be his responsibility to furnish proper size conduit and conductors as required without additional cost to the Owner. D. Conductors shall be color coded as follows: 120/240V Phase A Black Phase B Red - Neutral White Ground Green Connect all conductors of the same color to the same phase conductor. Conductors — No. 12 and 10 shall be solid color compound for the entire length. Conductor sizes larger than No. 10 may be color coded at each termination and in each box or enclosure with 6 inches of half -lapped 3/4 inch pressure -sensitive, plastic tape of respective colors in lieu of solid color compound. 16120-1 AN" 2.02 COMMUNICATION AND ELECTRONIC CABLE: A. Foil shielded twisted pair cable shall be stranded equal to Belden "Belfoil", sized as required. B. Unless otherwise noted, co -axial cable shall be Belden RG -59, 20 AWG. C. As required or specified in the section of these specifications specifying the equipment. Cable shall be continuous from backboards or panels to outlets or other termination points without splices. 2.03 VERTICAL CABLE SUPPORTS: A. Split wedge type supports which clamp each individual conductor and tightens due to weight of the cable shall be used for cables without metallic sheath. Basket weave type supports shall be used for tables with metallic sheath. 2.04 CONNECTORS AND LUGS: A. For Copper Conductors No. 6 and smaller: 3M Scotch -Lok or T&B Sta Kon compression or indent type connectors with integral or separate insulating caps. B. For Copper Conductors Larger than No. 6: Solderless, indent, hex screw, or bolt - type pressure connectors, properly taped or insulated. 2.05 TAPE: A. Plastic tape, 8.5 mils minimum thickness, 1,000,000 megohms minimum insulation resistance, oil -resistant vinyl backing, oil -resistant acrylic adhesive, incapable of supporting combustion per ASTM D-568 Test Method B. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WIRE AND CABLE TESTS (600 VOLTS): A. Measure the insulating resistance of service entrance conductors, feeder circuit conductors, and service ground. Measurements shall be taken between conductors and between conductors and ground. Resistance shall be 1,000,000 ohms or more when tested at 500 volts by meter without branch circuit loads. Tests and procedures shall meet the approval of the Engineer, and shall be in accordance with the applicable IPCEA Standards for the wires and cables to be _installed. Furnish .,. all instruments, equipment and personnel required for testing, and conduct tests in presence of the Engineer. Submit written reports of the tests and results shall be furnished to the Engineer. 3.02 SPLICES (600 VOLTS AND UNDER): A. Permitted only at outlets or accessible enclosures. Conductor lengths shall be continuous from termination to termination without splices unless approved by the Engineer. 3.03 WIRE PULLING: A. Preparation: Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. Pull no conductors into conduits until all work of a nature which may cause injury to conductors is. completed. 16120-2 0" B. Pulling Lines: Provide suitable installation equipment for pulling conductors into raceways or conduits. Use ropes of polyethylene, nylon or other suitable material to pull in conductors. Attach pulling lines to conductors by means of woven basket grips or by pulling eyes attached directly to conductors. C. Multiple Wires In A Raceway: All conductors to be installed in a single conduit shall be pulled in simultaneously. D. Cable Lubricant: Use an Underwriters Laboratories listed cable pulling compound for building wire No. 4 and larger. All cable lubricants shall be UL listed, and shall be certified by their manufacturer to be non -injurious to the insulation on which they are used. E. Existing Conduit: Remove existing wire from raceway before pulling in new conductors. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING WIRE (600 VOLTS AND UNDER): A. General: Install conductors as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and the NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Feeders: Run all feeders their entire length in continuous pieces without joints or splices, insofar as practicable. Make joints in branch circuits only where circuits divide as shown on drawings. Such joints shall consist of one through circuit to which shall be spliced the tap circuit. C. Branch Circuits: Not more than one power or lighting circuit shall be installed in a single conduit, except that one 3 -wire circuit or one 4 -wire circuit consisting of 2 different phase wires and a common neutral or 3 different phase wires and a common neutral may be installed in a single conduit. This provision shall not prohibit the installation in a single conduit of all conductors of a circuit with three - and four-way switching. D. Dedicated Neutrals: Where indicated on the drawings, branch circuits shall be installed with dedicated neutrals in a single conduit. E. Wiring At Outlets and Switches: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet and wall switch. F. Terminations: Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque -tightening values or as specified in UL Standard 486A. G. Sizes: No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuits, and except for individual lighting fixture taps as permitted by the National Electrical Code. H. Receptacle and Motor Branch Circuits: No. 12 conductors unless noted or scheduled otherwise. I. Home Runs On 120 Volt, 20 Ampere Lighting Branch Circuits: Where length of run from panelboard to first lighting outlet exceeds 75 feet, use No. 10 conductors; otherwise use No. 12 conductors. J. Home Runs on 277 Volt, 20 Ampere Lighting Branch Circuits: Where length of run from panelboard to first lighting outlet exceeds 175 feet, use No. 10 conductors; otherwise use No. 12 conductors. K. Different Voltages In Same Raceway: Power and lighting circuits of different 16120-3 I" End of Section 16120-4 IEQ system voltages (e.g., 208Y/120 and 480Y/277 volts) shall not occupy the same conduit. L. Emergency Lighting and Powered Conductors: Run in conduits separate from all other wiring. M. Joints and Splices: Make joints and splices only where necessary and only at outlet boxes and pull boxes. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. After a joint or splice is complete, insulate it with rubber tape, and friction tape to make the insulation of the joint or splice equal to that of the conductor. In lieu of this, vinyl plastic tape may be used if applied in at least four layers (half lapped in two directions), with all larger splices, terminals, sharp corners and voids being first protected by application of insulating putty. N. Wet Locations: Conductor splices in wet locations shall be made in accordance with the conductor manufacturer's recommendations. O. Identifying Tags: Non-ferrous; stamped to clearly identify each circuit. Securely fasten tags to all cables, feeders and power circuits in pull boxes, lighting, power and distribution panelboards, etc. P. Bundling Conductors: Bundle all conductors in paneiboards, cabinets and the like, using marlin twine lacing or nylon straps made for the purpose. Bundle conductors larger than No. 10 in individual circuits. Bundle smaller conductors in larger Q. groups. Cable Supports and Boxes: Install cable supports and boxes for all vertical conductors in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements. Boxes shall be of heavy galvanized steel plate construction, not less than No. 10 USS gauge, riveted to an angle iron frame. Removable box covers shall be secured with corrosion -resistant screws. For cables without a metallic sheath, cable supports shall be of the split wedge type which clamps each conductor firmly and tightens due to the weight of cable. For cables with metallic sheath, a basket weave or equal type of support shall be provided as approved by the cable manufacturer. End of Section 16120-4 IEQ SECTION 16130 - BOXES AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES: A. Construction: Zinc -coated or cadmium plated sheet steel boxes of a class to satisfy the condition at each outlet except where unilet or condulet bodies are required. Knockout type with knockouts removed only where necessary to accommodate the conduit entering. Square comered, straight sided gang boxes, 4 inch octagon concrete rings and 4 inch octagon hung ceiling boxes with bars may be folded type; one-piece deep -drawn type for all other boxes. B. Size: To accommodate the required number and sizes of conduits, wires and splices in accordance with NEC requirements, but not smaller than size shown or specified. Standard concrete type boxes not to exceed 6 inches deep except where necessary to permit entrance of conduits into sides of boxes without interference with reinforcing bars. Special purpose boxes shall be sized for the device or application intended. C. Fixture Studs: 3/8 inch malleable -iron fixture stud in outlet boxes for ceiling lighting fixtures and interior bracket lighting fixtures, other than lamp receptacles and drop cards. D. Exposed: Screw joint type, with gasketed weatherproof covers in locations exposed to the weather. E. Tile Boxes: Rectangular in shape with square comers and straight sides for receptacles and switches mounted in furniture cabinets or in glazed tile, concrete block, marble, brick stone or wood walls. Install without plaster rings. F. Wall -Mounted Switch, Receptacle and Signal Boxes: Unless otherwise noted or specified, not less than 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep for signal devices, 4- 11/16 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep for two devices and multigang boxes for more than two devices. Boxes for switches and receptacles on unfinished walls may be screw joint type with covers to fit the devices. G. Wall -Mounted Telephone Outlet Boxes: 4-11/16 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. H. Light Fixture Boxes: 4 inches diameter by 1-1/2 inch deep minimum for ceiling and interior bracket fixtures with concealed conduits. Plaster covers for bracket fixtures to have 3 inch diameter openings. Screw joint boxes with canopy seat for ceiling and interior bracket fixtures with exposed conduits. 16130- 1 I. Grounding Terminal: Provide a grounding terminal in each box containing a green equipment ground conductor, for serving motors, lighting fixtures, or receptacles. Grounding terminal shall be green -colored washer -in -hand machine screw or grounding bushing. 2.02 PULL BOXES: A. Minimum NEC requirements unless larger box is noted. Pull boxes with internal volume not more than 150 cubic inches shall be as specified for outlet boxes with blank covers. Pull boxes with internal volume over 150 cubic inches shall be as specified for cabinets except covers shall be same thickness as box and shall have corrosion -resistant screws or bolt attachments. 2.03 FLOOR BOXES: A. Heavy-duty, cast, adjustable type suitable for the device or application indicated, unless noted. Provide carpet flanges in carpeted area. Each telephone outlet shall consist of a horizontal cast aluminum housing with a one inch bushed side opening. Outlets shall have provisions to accommodate a ten wire telephone terminal block. Gaskets shall be used to insure proper installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 OUTLET BOXES: A. Installation: Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, outlet boxes shall be flush mounted and the front edges of the boxes or plaster covers shall be flush with the finished wall or ceiling line, or, if installed in walls and ceilings of incombustible construction, not more than 1/4 inch back of same. Mount boxes with the long axes of devices vertical, unless otherwise specified. Boxes in plastered walls and ceilings shall be provided with plaster covers. A multiple of box extensions and/or covers will not be permitted. Install in a rigid and satisfactory manner with suitable metal bar hangers, box cleats, adjustable box hangers, etc. Use wood screws on woods, expansion shields on masonry and machine screws on steel work. B. Mounting Heights: The mounting height of a wall -mounted outlet box shall be .., construed to mean the height from the finished floor to the horizontal center line of the cover plate. On exposed tile, block, or brick construction mount outlet boxes at the nearest bed joint in the mounting height indicated. Verify with Architect. �» C. Wall -Mounted Switch, Receptacle and Signal Outlets: On columns, pilasters, etc., mount so the centers of the columns are clear for future installation of partitions. Install outlet boxes near doors or windows close to the trim. Install outlet boxes near the doors on the lock sides as shown on architectural drawings, unless other locations are approved by the Architect. 3.02 PULL BOXES: A. Provide additional pull boxes wherever necessary to meet requirements for maximum lengths of conduit runs and maximum numbers of bends as specified under Conduit and Fittings. 16130-2 i 3.03 FLOOR BOXES: A. Install level with top covers adjusted flush with finished floor or floor tile. 3.04 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS: A. Recessed or surface light fixtures in lay -in or accessible ceilings shall be connected with minimum 1/2 inch flexible metallic conduit, 4 to 6 feet long, with grounding provided. Flexible conduit shall not be used as the ground. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify all exposed junction and pull boxes according to the system and voltage carried by means of painted -on stencils or labels, with legible letters and contrasting colors and without abbreviations. In general, use yellow color. Painting shall be in accordance with Division 9 - Finishes. FA End of Section 16130-3 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SNAP SWITCHES: A. Unless otherwise specified, each snap switch (flush tumbler -toggle) shall be of the A.C. general use type for mounting in a single -gang spacing, fully rated 20 amperes minimum on inductive and resistive loads at .120/277 volts, conforming to minimum requirements of the latest revision of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL 20 Fifth Edition Standard Snap Switches and further requirements herein specified. Hospital grade, heavy duty, single -pole, 3 -way or 4 -way, of the maintained, momentary, or lock type as indicated on the drawings. Switches shall operate in any position and shall be fully enclosed cup type with entire body of molded phenolic, urea or melamine with cover of molded phenolic, urea or melamine. Fibre, paper or similar insulating material shall not be used for body or cover. Ivory color handles unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Silver or silver alloy contacts. A.C. 120/277 volt general use snap switches shall be capable of withstanding tests as outlined in NEMA Publication WD1-1965, and shall be as follows unless otherwise noted: 20A 120/277 AC Hubbell 1P 1221-I 2P 1222-I 3 -way 1223-I 4 -way 1224-I 3 -position 2 cct maintained 1385-I 3 -position 2 cct momentary 1557-I Lighted handle pilot light 1221 -PL 2.02 RECEPTACLES: A. General: Configuration and requirements for all connector or outlet receptacles shall be in accordance with NEMA Publications Wd1-1965, Part 3 and Part 10. Fire-resistant, non-absorptive, hot -welded, phenolic composition or equal bodies and bases with metal plaster ears (integral with the supporting member). Single or duplex as shown or noted on drawings. Ivory color unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Double grip contacts for each prong. 16140- 1 B. Grounding Type: All receptacle shall be grounding type with a green colored hexagonal equipment ground screw of adequate size to accommodate an insulated grounding jumper (based on Table 250-95 of the NEC with minimum size No. 14 AWG). Grounding terminals of all receptacles shall be internally connected to the receptacle mounting yoke. C. Unless otherwise noted, receptacles shall be as follows: Hubbell 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W 8300-I 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W - GFI GF -8300-I 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W - Twist Lock Type 23000 HG D. Weatherproof receptacles shall consist of duplex receptacle as specified above, mounted in a box with a gasketed, weatherproof, cast metal cover plate and cap. over each receptacle opening. The ' cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a short length of bead chain or shall be of the spring hinged flap type. E. Isolated grounding receptacles shall be the same NEMA configuration as 20A 125 volt receptacle except that the grounding pole shall be isolated from the mounting strap and be colored orange similar to Hubbell #165251 or 164262. Ground these devices by means of a separate green equipment grounding conductor. F. Special: Receptacles for special applications shall be as indicated on the drawings. This Contractor shall verify exact requirements and furnish a matching receptacle where indicated. G. All receptacles shall be listed "Hospital Grade" and be identified as such. Each receptacle shall be grounded by means of an insulated copper conductor. H. All receptacles connected to emergency power system shall be red or orange in color. I. All receptacles shall be labeled with information as follows: Panel and Circuit # Designations. 2.03 PLUG CAPS: A. Except for duplex receptacles, one matching plug cap shall be provided for each receptacle. No plug caps are required for duplex receptacles. Provide watertight, male plug caps in damp locations or where exposed to weather. 2.04 DEVICE PLATES: A. General: Provide device plates for each switch, receptacle, signal and telephone outlet, and special purpose outlet. Provide multi -gang outlet plates for multi -gang boxes. Plates on finished walls shall be of stainless steel. Plates on paneled walls shall be brown. Screws shall be metal with countersunk heads, in a color to match the finish of the plate. B. Exposed: Plates for exposed screw jointed fittings shall match the fittings with edges of plates flush with edges of fittings. Heavy cadmium plates steel with gasket. Plates for cast type boxes at locations subject to wet or rain conditions shall be of the cast, vapor -tight type. Provide hinged lift covers for devices. C. Plates for special purpose outlets shall be of a design suitable for the particular application. 16140-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEVICE PLATES: A. Install with alignment tolerance of 1/16th inch and all edges in continuous contact with wall surfaces. End of Section 16140-3 SECTION 16170 - SWITCHES AND FUSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECTING MEANS: A. Safety Type Disconnecting Switches: Heavy duty, quick -make, quick -break type, 250 volt rating as required for application. Number of poles and ampacity as noted or required by code. All switches used on motor circuits shall have adequate horsepower rating in accordance with Table III of Federal Specification W -A-865. Safety switches employed as motor disconnect devices shall be of the fusible type only where two or more motors, or other loads, are connected to the same branch circuit. Non -fusible for single motors. Fuse clips suitable for Buss Fusetron fuses unless current limiting fuses are noted. Short circuit rating sufficient to withstand the available fault current or let -through current before the fuse melts without damage or change in rating. NEMA 1 enclosures for dry locations. NEMA 3R enclosures for wet locations or where exposed to weather unless otherwise noted. B. Separately Enclosed Motor Snap Switches: Motor snap switches shall be used for motor disconnect means, controller, and motor overcurrent protection for 120 volt, 3/4 H.P. and smaller, as indicated. These devices shall be horsepower rated and shall contain motor running overcurrent protection. 2.02 FUSES: A. General: Dual element, time delay type, based on heavy service, Buss Fusetron unless otherwise noted or required for the installation. B. Current Limiting Fuses: Provide where indicated on the drawings. Feeder protection in conjunction with fused switches, install NEMA Class L fuses sized 125% of load current or as required for coordination. Current limiting high - interrupting capacity fuses coordinated with molded case circuit breakers shall be furnished by the circuit breaker manufacturer. C. Coordination: Coordinate the low voltage fuses required for the project to provide basic selective protection and properly coordinate with the other associated protective equipment. D. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.03 FUSE CABINET: A. Provide one wall -mounted cabinet for storing all spare fuses. The cabinet shall 16170- 1 have shelves and vertical divider compartment to each size fuse, a hinged door with latch, with the word FUSES stenciled on the front. Locate in Electrical Room. Cabinet shall have provisions for padlocking. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DISCONNECTING MEANS: ..� A. Install in each location indicated on the drawings. 3.02 SPARE FUSES: A. Furnish one complete set of each size of current limiting fuse other than Fusetron, each size of current limiting fuse installed for circuit breaker protection, and each size Fusetron fuse in excess of 30 amperes. Also one spare set of each size high voltage fuses installed. SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit for approval complete shop drawings, catalog cuts, special installation instructions, photometric data, and descriptive literature. When fixtures are proposed for substitution and prior approval has not been issued, the submittal for approval shall include catalog cuts of both the specified and proposed fixtures. Catalog numbers shown on the Fixture Schedule are indicative of the general type desired and are not intended to restrict selection to fixtures of any manufacturer. Fixtures of similar designs and equivalent light distribution and brightness characteristics and of equal finish and quality will be acceptable if approved by the Engineer. All fluorescent fixtures shall be of the type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Furnish all lighting fixtures throughout of the type indicated on the drawings, complete with lamps, sockets, wiring, fitters, hangers, plaster rings, etc., as required. 2.02 LAMPS: A. Fluorescent: 32W F32/T8/SP35/WM unless noted otherwise. B. Incandescent: As scheduled. C. H.I.D.: As scheduled. D. Manufacturers: General Electric, Phillips or Sylvania. 2.03 BALLASTS: A. Fluorescent: UL approved, high power factor with ETL certified CBM label, suitable for 120V operation as required. Sound rating of "A" for interior installations. Provide premium Class P protected ballasts with built-in thermally actuated automatic reclosing device. Manufacturers shall certify in writing that the ballast hot spot shall not exceed 90 degrees F. ambient temperature. Ballasts shall be electronic type. B. H.I.D.: One lamp type as required for the application. Suitable for use with H.I.D. lamps. Ballast for exterior H.I.D. lamps shall be rated for -20 degrees F. C. Manufacturers: Advance Mark III, General Electric MaxiMiser I. 16500- 1 i 2.04 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: A. All fixtures, ballasts and supports shall be quiet in operation. Louvers, shields, reflectors and all sections of the channel structure shall be securely held in position. Fixtures shall not be mounted in such a way that ballast hum will be amplified or transmitted into work areas. 2.05 FINISH: A. Bonderized or equal treatment on all steel parts prior to applying finish. Metal parts shall be aluminum, brass, copper, bronze, or steel, with white polyester powder coat finish unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.06 FLUORESCENT LANDHOLDERS: A. Designed so lamps will be held firmly in place, electrically and mechanically, permitting easy insertion or removal of lamps. Provide corrosion resistant treated lamp pin contacts. 2.07 CEILING TRIM: s^ A. Furnish proper ceiling frames for ceiling material in which recessed fixtures are to be installed. Verify prior to ordering. 2.08 LENS: A. When an acrylic lens or diffuser is specified, it shall be of 100% acrylic meeting American Society for Testing Materials specifications for Methacrylate Molding and Extrusion Compounds (ASTM D788-63). Plastic diffusing panels, luminous sides panels and other luminous plastic members of fixtures shall be made of not less than .125 inch thick prismatic clean acrylic material. Plastic shall be non-flammable or shall have a flame spread rate of not more than 3.2 inches per minute for a 1/2 inch width of the material. The plastic shall show no yellowing apparent to the naked eye either when subjected to the accelerated weathering test in accordance with - ASTM D -795-44T (500 hours exposure, using type S-1 lamp) or after prolonged exposure to a fluorescent lamp source under conditions identical with those existing in the fixture in which it is to be used. The plastic shall be non -electrostatic or the finished parts shall be treated with an anti -static wax. 2.09 HOUSING: A. Not less than 209auge steel with white polyester power coat finish applied over corrosion -resistant primer unless otherwise specifically approved. 2.10 EMERGENCY LIGHT BATTERY PACKS: A Lighting fixtures so indicated on the drawings shall be provided with emergency lighting feature. Components shall consist of a sealed nickel -cadmium battery and a solid state invertor, charger and switch system. The components shall be self- contained within the fixture and be factory installed. The rechargeable battery shall operate one lamp at an emergency level of 1100 lumens for a minimum of 90 minutes. The fixture shall be UL listed. System shall have a 5 year unconditional guarantee. Units on switched circuits shall be wired such that the fixture can be switched off without causing the emergency battery to operate. 16500-2 2.03 DIMMING SYSTEM: A. This Contractor shall furnish and install a complete dimming system as shown on the drawings and herein specified. The system shall be as manufactured by Lehigh Electric Co., or equal. B. The dimmer rack shall be a freestanding cabinet with a welded steel frame, removable panels, and a locking door over the dimmers. All cabinet surfaces shall have a powder coat paint finish. Cabinet dimensions not to exceed 26" wide by 24" deep and 77" high. C. Main lugs and the neutral buss are rated to 500 amps per phase and designed for 120/208V, 60Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire operation. Dimmer rack to be Underwriters Laboratories listed for 50,000 AIC. D. Dimmer rack to accept plug-in dimmer modules and include guide rails to align the dimmer during insertion. Cabinet to be shipped without the dimmers installed for ease of installation. Dimmer input power and control wiring shall be factory wired to the dimmer plug-in receptacles. Provide terminals for contractor load wires. E. Cooling fans, which operate only when the controls are activated, shall maintain proper system operating temperatures in room ambients to 40°C by drawing room air through the front of each dimmer module. F. A user programmable panic function shall provide panic control of selected dimmers. Panic function does not require rack control electronics to operate and is programmable to activate or not activate when SCU and/or firing cards are removed. G. The rack control module shall include a phase sensing controller, firing cards, and a System Control Unit (SCU) card. LEDs indicate the active power phases, firing card control links, overtemp condition, rack station link, PC link, modem link, DMXA link, and DMXB link. H. System Control Unit shall consist of a 16 bit digital processor to control 512 dimmers and simultaneously accepts 1 optically isolated DMX512 inputs, 24 analog inputs, and Collage control input. Dimmers maybe patched to multiple control inputs with a programmable control precedence to set the order and combinations of control links for each dimmer. The completely digital electronics do not require any digital to analog demultiplexing circuitry or analog ramping schemes. I. System configuration and operating data are stored in a non-volatile memory. Back-up cues and user programmable data are stored in battery -backed memory, in a PC attached to the SCU, or off-line on an optional memory card. SCU includes a PC port configurable to RS232, or RS422 plus an RS232 port for an external modem. I Provide, as required, up to 512 analog outputs (in groups of 24 channels) for controlling auxiliary devices. K. Remote Rack Control Station shall be provided as a remote station, or as a portable controller. RCS shall include a 4 line by 20 character LCD display plus 26 keys in an enclosed membrane keypad with audible feedback switches and silkscreened legends: 4 cursor control, 0 to 9, Set, Clear, Enter, Capture, Config, Edit, Backup, And/Thru, At/Dimr, Next/Fl, Focus, and Status. Station to include a locking function to limit control access. L. The following control functions shall be programmable from an RCS or PC: 1. Store 99 back-up cues plus blackout cue with individual fade times to 999 16500-3 seconds. _ Cues are recorded using the current dimmer levels of the combined active links.. 2. Preview and edit stored cues live or blind to modify channel levels and fade times. 3. Config mode to program dimmer to link assignments in two control modes: & Dimmer mode assigns dimmers to DMXA, Analog, or Collage links; panic control 1 or 2; and backup mode programming. 5 digit alphanumeric ID assignable to each dimmer. ,., b. Memory card mode records the data to the SCU memory card. 4. Program system response to lost control link: a. Hold current levels for a programmed time interval or until another cue is manually selected. b. Automatically recall a preselected backup cue. C. Automatically transfer to another active control link. 5. Recall backup cues using one of three modes: a. Recall Cue: Activate cues 0 thru 99 using RCS or PC. Cues may be recalled from remote recall stations. Master raise/lower control modifies active backup cue. b. Backup Off: Returns rack control to the normal link. C. Console Mode: SCU sequences through backup cues using programmed fade times. RCS display lists Active Cue, Next Cue, and Fade Time. Next key crossfades from active to next cue. Display key increments cues. Active Cue, Next Cue, and Fade Time may be changed at any time. 6. Dimmer focus check. 7. Program time clock events via the PC to activate back-up cues. S. Program rack partitioning on a dimmer by dimmer, basis to assign each dimmer to a control configuration using one or more control link inputs. 9. System diagnostic routing. 10. System panic function to activate any dimmers. Panic activated via remote stations or momentary dry contacts. 11. Control inputs: a. Eight switch inputs linked to On, Off, Maintained, and Toggle modes. (1) On momentary pulse activates output. ,. (2) Off momentary pulse mode deactivates the output. (3) A maintained signal will activate the associated output and hold that output until the signal is stopped. .. (4) Toggle alternately activates the output with the first pulse and deactivates the output with the next pulse. b Eight control signal inputs to be activated when a user programmed set point is exceeded by a selected dimmer's control level in the DMXA, DMXB, analog, or Collage links or when a preselected link is active. (1) Exceeding the ON set point activates the output. (2) Exceeding the Off set point deactivates the output. (3) Exceeding the maintained set point activates the output which "^ is deactivated as the signal drops below that point. 16500-4 6W (4) Toggle alternately activates the output when the signal exceeds that set point and deactivates on the second pulse. 12. Program control outputs activated by any switch and non -dim control inputs in "K" or active DMXA or MM links: a. Twelve non -dim outputs to operate external devices. b. Two panic outputs. C. Lockout relay function to disable selected analog control stations when either DMX link is present. d. Five take control outputs to activate a dimmer control source in lieu of the standard dimmer control source. 13. Collage architectural controls: a. Dimmer to channel to room patch for 512 dimmers on 128 channels. b. Sixteen rooms with 24 presets plus off per room with programmable room, channel, and preset names. c. Astronomical timeclock control with 128 events including macro control. d. Program remote station switch control functions: presets, macros, station lock, preset master, and room combine control. 14. Dimmers controlled by the SCU to meet or exceed the following criteria: a. Dimmer output regulated for each dimmer for incoming line voltage fluctuations and adjusted for both RMS voltage changes and deformations of the AC waveform. The maximum programmed dimmer output cannot exceed the line voltage less the dimmer voltage drop. b. Response time to incoming line voltage changes not to exceed 16ms. C. Dimmers set to the same level operate within +/-1V of each other. d. Programmable dimmer or non -dim operation. e. Program minimum and maximum control levels on a dimmer by dimmer basis. f. Control curve options: 8 standard curves and programmable non -dim trigger point. 15. Dimmer module construction to be steel with powder coat paint finish, aluminum side panels, front ventilation slots, and handle. The plug-in dimmers have a floating power and control assembly for positive alignment with the rack receptacles. Control and power connections designed to cause no arcing during dimmer insertion or removal. Only modules of the same configuration to be interchangeable within the rack. Provide a switch duty rated, UL listed primary circuit breaker rated at 10,000 AIC with each dimmer. Dimmers to be rated at 2KW as scheduled. 16. Dimmer power device to be a solid state relay (SSR) using back to back silicon controlled rectifiers in an isolated plastic enclosure. SSR to provide 4000 volts minimum optical isolation between the A.C. and control lines. The SSR is to carry indefinitely the dimmer rated load and hot patching loads within the dimmer rating will not damage the dimmer. 17. Each module includes a temperature sensing circuit to monitor the internal module temperature and deenergize the module if overheated. A dimmer rack 16500 - 5 LED signals an overheat condition. Systems which monitor only the rack temperature and shut off the entire cabinet are not equal. 18. Each dimmer includes a toroidal choke with a rise time of 500 microseconds from 10% to 90% of the output waveform at maximum load. 19. The dimmer's digital circuitry provides the following performance: a. Output voltage regulation within +/-1V of incoming line voltage less a 5 volt dimmer loss over the line voltage range of 90 to 140 volts. Output voltage maintained over a range of 10 watts to the dimmer load rating. b. Square law output curve electronically maintained without any field adjustment regardless of temperature or component variances. C. Output to be a symmetrical alternating current approximating a sinusoidal waveform at maximum output. d. No false triggering or interaction between dimmers under any condition. e. Dimmer turn -on and turn-off time shall not exceed 1/10 second. f. Minimum dimmer efficiency of 97% at any load or voltage setting. 20. Provide the dimmer rack with the following equipment: a. 3 - 2AKW house dimmers. b. Console control receptacle and duplex convenience outlet. C. 2 - 20A/1P circuit breakers for switchable circuits. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUPPORTS: A Support ceiling fixtures by anchorage to the ceiling only where the ceiling is concrete or masonry units. Provide mounting angles on trapeze where required to support light fixtures between structural members. -No lighting fixtures, conduit or outlet boxes shall be supported from the building sheet metal deck. Where lay -in construction is used, fixtures shall be on the lay -in type. Coordinate supports for lay -in fixtures with Ceiling Contractor. 3.02 LOW DENSITY CEILING: A. Special attention is directed to the code restriction against mounting fluorescent fixtures on combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard (NEC 410-76(6)). If fixtures are to be installed that are not UL approved for this condition, a suitable mounting arrangement shall be developed which meets the approval of the Engineer. 3.03 CEILING TRIM AND MEANS OF SUPPORT: A. The ceiling trim and means of support of recessed fixtures shall be coordinated with the type of ceiling to be installed to insure proper installation. 3.04 BLOCKING: A. Protect housings of recessed lighting fixtures during installation of internal blocking or framing to prevent distortion of sides or dislocation of threaded lugs which upon completion must be in perfect alignment and match the corresponding holes in 16500-6 ip, frames or rims so that holding screws can be installed freely without forcing and remain so they can be easily removed when servicing. Threads to receive holding screws shall be chased after plating and finishing to insure easy installation and removal of knurled beaded screws by thumb pressure. 3.05 LAMP GUARDS: A. Provide safety guard clips on open type fluorescent fixtures to prevent lamps from _ falling. 3.06 CLEAN-UP: A. At final inspection, the fixtures and lighting equipment shall be in first class operating order, in perfect condition as to finish, free from defects, completely _ lamped, clean and free from dust, plaster or paint spots, and complete with the required glassware, reflectors, side panels, louvers or other components necessary to complete the fixtures. _. 3.07 LAMPS: A. Install new lamps in all lighting fixtures seven (7) days before building acceptance _ or beneficial occupancy, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. End of Section 16500-7